Source for file tcpdf.php
Documentation is available at tcpdf.php
//============================================================+
// Last Update : 2009-09-30
// Author : Nicola Asuni - info@tecnick.com - http://www.tcpdf.org
// License : GNU LGPL (http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html)
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Nicola Asuni - Tecnick.com S.r.l.
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 2.1 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
// along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
// See LICENSE.TXT file for more information.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Description : This is a PHP class for generating PDF documents without
// requiring external extensions.
// This class was originally derived in 2002 from the Public
// Domain FPDF class by Olivier Plathey (http://www.fpdf.org),
// but now is almost entirely rewritten.
// * no external libraries are required for the basic functions;
// * supports all ISO page formats;
// * supports custom page formats, margins and units of measure;
// * supports UTF-8 Unicode and Right-To-Left languages;
// * supports TrueTypeUnicode, OpenTypeUnicode, TrueType, OpenType, Type1 and CID-0 fonts;
// * supports document encryption;
// * includes methods to publish some XHTML code, including forms;
// * includes graphic (geometric) and transformation methods;
// * includes Javascript and Forms support;
// * includes a method to print various barcode formats: CODE 39, ANSI MH10.8M-1983, USD-3, 3 of 9, CODE 93, USS-93, Standard 2 of 5, Interleaved 2 of 5, CODE 128 A/B/C, 2 and 5 Digits UPC-Based Extention, EAN 8, EAN 13, UPC-A, UPC-E, MSI, POSTNET, PLANET, RMS4CC (Royal Mail 4-state Customer Code), CBC (Customer Bar Code), KIX (Klant index - Customer index), Intelligent Mail Barcode, Onecode, USPS-B-3200, CODABAR, CODE 11, PHARMACODE, PHARMACODE TWO-TRACKS;
// * includes methods to set Bookmarks and print a Table of Content;
// * includes methods to move and delete pages;
// * includes methods for automatic page header and footer management;
// * supports automatic page break;
// * supports automatic page numbering and page groups;
// * supports automatic line break and text justification;
// * supports JPEG and PNG images natively, all images supported by GD (GD, GD2, GD2PART, GIF, JPEG, PNG, BMP, XBM, XPM) and all images supported via ImagMagick (http://www.imagemagick.org/www/formats.html)
// * supports stroke and clipping mode for text;
// * supports clipping masks;
// * supports Grayscale, RGB, CMYK, Spot Colors and Transparencies;
// * supports several annotations, including links, text and file attachments;
// * supports page compression (requires zlib extension);
// * supports text hyphenation.
// * supports transactions to UNDO commands.
// * supports signature certifications.
// -----------------------------------------------------------
// Olivier Plathey (http://www.fpdf.org) for original FPDF.
// Efthimios Mavrogeorgiadis (emavro@yahoo.com) for suggestions on RTL language support.
// Klemen Vodopivec (http://www.fpdf.de/downloads/addons/37/) for Encryption algorithm.
// Warren Sherliker (wsherliker@gmail.com) for better image handling.
// dullus for text Justification.
// Bob Vincent (pillarsdotnet@users.sourceforge.net) for <li> value attribute.
// Patrick Benny for text stretch suggestion on Cell().
// Johannes Güntert for JavaScript support.
// Denis Van Nuffelen for Dynamic Form.
// Jacek Czekaj for multibyte justification
// Anthony Ferrara for the reintroduction of legacy image methods.
// Sourceforge user 1707880 (hucste) for line-trough mode.
// Larry Stanbery for page groups.
// Martin Hall-May for transparency.
// Aaron C. Spike for Polycurve method.
// Mohamad Ali Golkar, Saleh AlMatrafe, Charles Abbott for Arabic and Persian support.
// Moritz Wagner and Andreas Wurmser for graphic functions.
// Andrew Whitehead for core fonts support.
// Esteban Joël Marín for OpenType font conversion.
// Teus Hagen for several suggestions and fixes.
// Yukihiro Nakadaira for CID-0 CJK fonts fixes.
// Kosmas Papachristos for some CSS improvements.
// Marcel Partap for some fixes.
// Won Kyu Park for several suggestions, fixes and patches.
// Anyone that has reported a bug or sent a suggestion.
//============================================================+
* This is a PHP class for generating PDF documents without requiring external extensions.<br>
* TCPDF project (http://www.tcpdf.org) was originally derived in 2002 from the Public Domain FPDF class by Olivier Plathey (http://www.fpdf.org), but now is almost entirely rewritten.<br>
* <h3>TCPDF main features are:</h3>
* <li>no external libraries are required for the basic functions;</li>
* <li>supports all ISO page formats;</li>
* <li>supports custom page formats, margins and units of measure;</li>
* <li>supports UTF-8 Unicode and Right-To-Left languages;</li>
* <li>supports TrueTypeUnicode, OpenTypeUnicode, TrueType, OpenType, Type1 and CID-0 fonts;</li>
* <li>supports document encryption;</li>
* <li>includes methods to publish some XHTML code, including forms;</li>
* <li>includes graphic (geometric) and transformation methods;</li>
* <li>includes Javascript and Forms support;</li>
* <li>includes a method to print various barcode formats: CODE 39, ANSI MH10.8M-1983, USD-3, 3 of 9, CODE 93, USS-93, Standard 2 of 5, Interleaved 2 of 5, CODE 128 A/B/C, 2 and 5 Digits UPC-Based Extention, EAN 8, EAN 13, UPC-A, UPC-E, MSI, POSTNET, PLANET, RMS4CC (Royal Mail 4-state Customer Code), CBC (Customer Bar Code), KIX (Klant index - Customer index), Intelligent Mail Barcode, Onecode, USPS-B-3200, CODABAR, CODE 11, PHARMACODE, PHARMACODE TWO-TRACKS;</li>
* <li>includes methods to set Bookmarks and print a Table of Content;</li>
* <li>includes methods to move and delete pages;</li>
* <li>includes methods for automatic page header and footer management;</li>
* <li>supports automatic page break;</li>
* <li>supports automatic page numbering and page groups;</li>
* <li>supports automatic line break and text justification;</li>
* <li>supports JPEG and PNG images natively, all images supported by GD (GD, GD2, GD2PART, GIF, JPEG, PNG, BMP, XBM, XPM) and all images supported via ImagMagick (http://www.imagemagick.org/www/formats.html)</li>
* <li>supports stroke and clipping mode for text;</li>
* <li>supports clipping masks;</li>
* <li>supports Grayscale, RGB, CMYK, Spot Colors and Transparencies;</li>
* <li>supports several annotations, including links, text and file attachments;</li>
* <li>supports page compression (requires zlib extension);</li>
* <li>supports text hyphenation.</li>
* <li>supports transactions to UNDO commands.</li>
* <li>supports signature certifications.</li>
* Tools to encode your unicode fonts are on fonts/utils directory.</p>
* @package com.tecnick.tcpdf
* @abstract Class for generating PDF files on-the-fly without requiring external extensions.
* @copyright 2002-2009 Nicola Asuni - Tecnick.com S.r.l (www.tecnick.com) Via Della Pace, 11 - 09044 - Quartucciu (CA) - ITALY - www.tecnick.com - info@tecnick.com
* @link http://www.tcpdf.org
* @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html LGPL
* main configuration file
require_once(dirname(__FILE__ ). '/config/tcpdf_config.php');
// includes some support files
require_once(dirname(__FILE__ ). '/unicode_data.php');
require_once(dirname(__FILE__ ). '/htmlcolors.php');
* define default PDF document producer
define('PDF_PRODUCER', 'TCPDF 4.8.009 (http://www.tcpdf.org)');
* This is a PHP class for generating PDF documents without requiring external extensions.<br>
* TCPDF project (http://www.tcpdf.org) has been originally derived in 2002 from the Public Domain FPDF class by Olivier Plathey (http://www.fpdf.org), but now is almost entirely rewritten.<br>
* @package com.tecnick.tcpdf
* @author Nicola Asuni - info@tecnick.com
* @link http://www.tcpdf.org
* @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html LGPL
// protected or Protected properties
* @var current page number
* @var current object number
* @var array of object offsets
* @var buffer holding in-memory PDF
* @var array containing pages
* @var current document state
* @var current page orientation (P = Portrait, L = Landscape)
* @var array that stores page dimensions and graphic status.<ul><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['w'] => page_width_in_points</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['h'] => height in points</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['wk'] => page_width_in_points</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['hk'] => height</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['tm'] => top_margin</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['bm'] => bottom_margin</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['lm'] => left_margin</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['rm'] => right_margin</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['pb'] => auto_page_break</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['or'] => page_orientation</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['olm'] => original_left_margin</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['orm'] => original_right_margin</li></ul>
* @var scale factor (number of points in user unit)
* @var width of page format in points
* @var height of page format in points
* @var current width of page in points
* @var current height of page in points
* @var current width of page in user unit
* @var current height of page in user unit
* @var cell internal padding
* @var cell internal padding (previous value)
* @var current horizontal position in user unit for cell positioning
* @var current vertical position in user unit for cell positioning
* @var height of last cell printed
* @var line width in user unit
* @var array of standard font names
* @var array of used fonts
* @var array of font files
* @var array of encoding differences
* @var array of used images
* @var array of Annotations in pages
* @var array of internal links
* @var current font family
* @var current font style
* @var current font ascent (distance between font top and baseline)
* @since 2.8.000 (2007-03-29)
* @var current font descent (distance between font bottom and baseline)
* @since 2.8.000 (2007-03-29)
* @var current font size in points
* @var current font size in user unit
* @var commands for drawing color
* @var commands for filling color
* @var commands for text color
* @var indicates whether fill and text colors are different
* @var automatic page breaking
* @var threshold used to trigger page breaks
* @var flag set when processing footer
* @var layout display mode
* @var alias for total number of pages
* @var alias for page number
* @var right-bottom corner X coordinate of inserted image
* @var right-bottom corner Y coordinate of inserted image
* @var adjusting factor to convert pixels to user units.
* @var boolean set to true when the input text is unicode (require unicode fonts)
// ----------------------
* @var Minimum distance between header and top page margin.
* @var Minimum distance between footer and bottom page margin.
* @var original left margin value
* @var original right margin value
* @var Language templates.
* @var Barcode to print on page footer (only if set).
* @var If true prints header
* @var If true prints footer.
* @var Header image logo.
* @var Header image logo width in mm.
* @var String to print as title on document header.
* @var String to print on document header.
* @var Default number of columns for html table.
// variables for html parser
* @var HTML PARSER: array to store current link and rendering styles.
protected $HREF = array();
* @var store a list of available fonts on filesystem.
* @var current foreground color
* @var HTML PARSER: array of boolean values, true in case of ordered list (OL), false otherwise.
* @var HTML PARSER: array count list items on nested lists.
* @var HTML PARSER: current list nesting level.
* @var HTML PARSER: indent amount for lists.
* @var current background color
* @var Store temporary font size in points.
* @var spacer for LI tags.
* @var PHP internal encoding
* @var indicates if the document language is Right-To-Left
* @var used to force RTL or LTR string inversion
// --- Variables used for document encryption:
* Indicates whether document is protected
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* U entry in pdf document
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* O entry in pdf document
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* P entry in pdf document
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* last RC4 key encrypted (cached for optimisation)
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
protected $padding = "\x28\xBF\x4E\x5E\x4E\x75\x8A\x41\x64\x00\x4E\x56\xFF\xFA\x01\x08\x2E\x2E\x00\xB6\xD0\x68\x3E\x80\x2F\x0C\xA9\xFE\x64\x53\x69\x7A";
* @since 2.1.002 (2008-02-12)
* Outline root for bookmark
* @since 2.1.002 (2008-02-12)
// --- javascript and form ---
* @since 2.1.002 (2008-02-12)
* @since 2.1.002 (2008-02-12)
* @since 2.8.000 (2008-03-19)
// --- Variables used for User's Rights ---
// See PDF reference chapter 8.7 Digital Signatures
* If true enables user's rights on PDF reader
* @since 2.9.000 (2008-03-26)
* Names specifying additional document-wide usage rights for the document.
* @since 2.9.000 (2008-03-26)
* Names specifying additional annotation-related usage rights for the document.
* @since 2.9.000 (2008-03-26)
* Names specifying additional form-field-related usage rights for the document.
* @since 2.9.000 (2008-03-26)
* Names specifying additional signature-related usage rights for the document.
* @since 2.9.000 (2008-03-26)
* Dot Per Inch Document Resolution (do not change)
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Array of page numbers were a new page group was started
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Contains the number of pages of the groups
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Contains the alias of the current page group
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Restrict the rendering of some elements to screen or printout.
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Array of transparency objects and parameters.
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Set the default JPEG compression quality (1-100)
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Default cell height ratio.
* @since 3.0.014 (2008-05-23)
* PDF viewer preferences.
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
* A name object specifying how the document should be displayed when opened.
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
* Array for storing gradient information.
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
* Array used to store positions inside the pages buffer.
* keys are the page numbers
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-06-26)
* Array used to store content positions inside the pages buffer.
* keys are the page numbers
* @since 4.6.021 (2009-07-20)
* Array used to store footer positions of each page.
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-07-01)
* Array used to store footer lenght of each page.
* @since 4.0.014 (2008-07-29)
* True if a newline is created.
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-07-01)
* End position of the latest inserted line
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-07-01)
* PDF string for last line width
* @since 4.0.006 (2008-07-16)
* PDF string for last line width
* @since 4.0.006 (2008-07-16)
* PDF string for last line width
* @since 4.0.006 (2008-07-16)
* PDF string for last line width
* @since 4.0.006 (2008-07-16)
* True if marked-content sequence is open
* @since 4.0.013 (2008-07-28)
* Count the latest inserted vertical spaces on HTML
* @since 4.0.021 (2008-08-24)
* @since 4.0.024 (2008-09-12)
* Symbol used for HTML unordered list items
* @since 4.0.028 (2008-09-26)
* String used to mark the beginning and end of EPS image blocks
* @since 4.1.000 (2008-10-18)
* Array of transformation matrix
* @since 4.2.000 (2008-10-29)
* Current key for transformation matrix
* @since 4.8.005 (2009-09-17)
* Booklet mode for double-sided pages
* @since 4.2.000 (2008-10-29)
* Epsilon value used for float calculations
* @since 4.2.000 (2008-10-29)
* Array used for custom vertical spaces for HTML tags
* @since 4.2.001 (2008-10-30)
* @var HTML PARSER: custom indent amount for lists.
* Negative value means disabled.
* @since 4.2.007 (2008-11-12)
* @var if true keeps the border open for the cell sides that cross the page.
* @since 4.2.010 (2008-11-14)
* @var array of files to embedd
* @since 4.4.000 (2008-12-07)
* @var boolean true when inside html pre tag
* @since 4.4.001 (2008-12-08)
* Array used to store positions of graphics transformation blocks inside the page buffer.
* keys are the page numbers
* @since 4.4.002 (2008-12-09)
* Default color for html links
* @since 4.4.003 (2008-12-09)
* Default font style to add to html links
* @since 4.4.003 (2008-12-09)
* Counts the number of pages.
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
* Array containing page lenghts in bytes.
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
* Counts the number of pages.
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
* Lenght of the buffer in bytes.
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
* If true enables disk caching.
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
* Counts the number of fonts.
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
* Store the font object IDs.
* @since 4.8.001 (2009-09-09)
* Store the fage status (true when opened, false when closed).
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
* Default monospaced font
* @since 4.5.025 (2009-03-10)
* Used to store a cloned copy of the current class object
* @since 4.5.029 (2009-03-19)
* Array used to store the lenghts of cache files
* @since 4.5.029 (2009-03-19)
* Table header content to be repeated on each new page
* @since 4.5.030 (2009-03-20)
* Margins used for table header.
* @since 4.5.030 (2009-03-20)
* Cache array for UTF8StringToArray() method.
* @since 4.5.037 (2009-04-07)
* Maximum size of cache array used for UTF8StringToArray() method.
* @since 4.5.037 (2009-04-07)
* Current size of cache array used for UTF8StringToArray() method.
* @since 4.5.037 (2009-04-07)
* If true enables document signing
* @since 4.6.005 (2009-04-24)
* @since 4.6.005 (2009-04-24)
* @since 4.6.005 (2009-04-24)
* Regular expression used to find blank characters used for word-wrapping.
* @since 4.6.006 (2009-04-28)
* @since 4.6.022 (2009-06-23)
* ByteRange placemark used during signature process.
* @since 4.6.028 (2009-08-25)
* Placemark used during signature process.
* @since 4.6.028 (2009-08-25)
* @since 4.7.000 (2009-08-29)
* Start ID for embedded file objects
* @since 4.7.000 (2009-08-29)
* Start ID for annotation objects
* @since 4.7.000 (2009-08-29)
* Max ID of annotation object
* @since 4.7.000 (2009-08-29)
* Current ID of annotation object
* @since 4.8.003 (2009-09-15)
* List of form annotations IDs
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
* Deafult Javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference. Annotation options can be directly specified using the 'aopt' entry.
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
protected $default_form_prop = array('lineWidth'=> 1, 'borderStyle'=> 'solid', 'fillColor'=> array(255, 255, 255), 'strokeColor'=> array(128, 128, 128));
* Javascript objects array
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
* Start ID for javascript objects
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
* Current ID of javascript object
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
* Current form action (used during XHTML rendering)
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
* Current form encryption type (used during XHTML rendering)
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
* Current method to submit forms.
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
* Start ID for appearance streams XObjects
* @since 4.8.001 (2009-09-09)
* Current ID of appearance streams XObjects
* @since 4.8.001 (2009-09-09)
* List of fonts used on form fields (fontname => fontkey).
* @since 4.8.001 (2009-09-09)
* List of radio buttons parent objects.
* @since 4.8.001 (2009-09-09)
* List of radio group objects IDs
* @since 4.8.001 (2009-09-09)
* Text indentation value (used for text-indent CSS attribute)
* @since 4.8.006 (2009-09-23)
* Store page number when startTransaction() is called.
* @since 4.8.006 (2009-09-23)
//------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------
* This is the class constructor.
* It allows to set up the page format, the orientation and
* the measure unit used in all the methods (except for the font sizes).
* @param string $orientation page orientation. Possible values are (case insensitive):<ul><li>P or Portrait (default)</li><li>L or Landscape</li></ul>
* @param string $unit User measure unit. Possible values are:<ul><li>pt: point</li><li>mm: millimeter (default)</li><li>cm: centimeter</li><li>in: inch</li></ul><br />A point equals 1/72 of inch, that is to say about 0.35 mm (an inch being 2.54 cm). This is a very common unit in typography; font sizes are expressed in that unit.
* @param mixed $format The format used for pages. It can be either one of the following values (case insensitive) or a custom format in the form of a two-element array containing the width and the height (expressed in the unit given by unit).<ul><li>4A0</li><li>2A0</li><li>A0</li><li>A1</li><li>A2</li><li>A3</li><li>A4 (default)</li><li>A5</li><li>A6</li><li>A7</li><li>A8</li><li>A9</li><li>A10</li><li>B0</li><li>B1</li><li>B2</li><li>B3</li><li>B4</li><li>B5</li><li>B6</li><li>B7</li><li>B8</li><li>B9</li><li>B10</li><li>C0</li><li>C1</li><li>C2</li><li>C3</li><li>C4</li><li>C5</li><li>C6</li><li>C7</li><li>C8</li><li>C9</li><li>C10</li><li>RA0</li><li>RA1</li><li>RA2</li><li>RA3</li><li>RA4</li><li>SRA0</li><li>SRA1</li><li>SRA2</li><li>SRA3</li><li>SRA4</li><li>LETTER</li><li>LEGAL</li><li>EXECUTIVE</li><li>FOLIO</li></ul>
* @param boolean $unicode TRUE means that the input text is unicode (default = true)
* @param boolean $diskcache if TRUE reduce the RAM memory usage by caching temporary data on filesystem (slower).
* @param String $encoding charset encoding; default is UTF-8
public function __construct($orientation= 'P', $unit= 'mm', $format= 'A4', $unicode= true, $encoding= 'UTF-8', $diskcache= false) {
/* Set internal character encoding to ASCII */
$this->diskcache = $diskcache ? true : false;
// set language direction
//Initialization of properties
$this->padding = "\x28\xBF\x4E\x5E\x4E\x75\x8A\x41\x64\x00\x4E\x56\xFF\xFA\x01\x08\x2E\x2E\x00\xB6\xD0\x68\x3E\x80\x2F\x0C\xA9\xFE\x64\x53\x69\x7A";
'courierB'=> 'Courier-Bold',
'courierI'=> 'Courier-Oblique',
'courierBI'=> 'Courier-BoldOblique',
'helvetica'=> 'Helvetica',
'helveticaB'=> 'Helvetica-Bold',
'helveticaI'=> 'Helvetica-Oblique',
'helveticaBI'=> 'Helvetica-BoldOblique',
'timesI'=> 'Times-Italic',
'timesBI'=> 'Times-BoldItalic',
'zapfdingbats'=> 'ZapfDingbats'
// set page format and orientation
$margin = 28.35 / $this->k;
//Full width display mode
//Set default PDF version number
$this->fgcolor = array('R' => 0, 'G' => 0, 'B' => 0);
$this->bgcolor = array('R' => 255, 'G' => 255, 'B' => 255);
$this->ur_annots = '/Create/Delete/Modify/Copy/Import/Export';
$this->ur_form = '/Add/Delete/FillIn/Import/Export/SubmitStandalone/SpawnTemplate';
// set default JPEG quality
// initialize some settings
// check if PCRE Unicode support is enabled
// PCRE unicode support is turned ON
// \p{Z} or \p{Separator}: any kind of Unicode whitespace or invisible separator.
// \p{Lo} or \p{Other_Letter}: a Unicode letter or ideograph that does not have lowercase and uppercase variants.
// \p{Lo} is needed because Chinese characters are packed next to each other without spaces in between.
//$this->re_spaces = '/[\s\p{Z}\p{Lo}]/u';
// PCRE unicode support is turned OFF
$this->default_form_prop = array('lineWidth'=> 1, 'borderStyle'=> 'solid', 'fillColor'=> array(255, 255, 255), 'strokeColor'=> array(128, 128, 128));
// restore internal encoding
// unset all class variables
* Set the units of measure for the document.
* @param string $unit User measure unit. Possible values are:<ul><li>pt: point</li><li>mm: millimeter (default)</li><li>cm: centimeter</li><li>in: inch</li></ul><br />A point equals 1/72 of inch, that is to say about 0.35 mm (an inch being 2.54 cm). This is a very common unit in typography; font sizes are expressed in that unit.
* @since 3.0.015 (2008-06-06)
$this->k = $this->dpi / 25.4;
$this->k = $this->dpi / 2.54;
$this->Error('Incorrect unit: '. $unit);
* @param mixed $format The format used for pages. It can be either one of the following values (case insensitive) or a custom format in the form of a two-element array containing the width and the height (expressed in the unit given by unit).<ul><li>4A0</li><li>2A0</li><li>A0</li><li>A1</li><li>A2</li><li>A3</li><li>A4 (default)</li><li>A5</li><li>A6</li><li>A7</li><li>A8</li><li>A9</li><li>A10</li><li>B0</li><li>B1</li><li>B2</li><li>B3</li><li>B4</li><li>B5</li><li>B6</li><li>B7</li><li>B8</li><li>B9</li><li>B10</li><li>C0</li><li>C1</li><li>C2</li><li>C3</li><li>C4</li><li>C5</li><li>C6</li><li>C7</li><li>C8</li><li>C9</li><li>C10</li><li>RA0</li><li>RA1</li><li>RA2</li><li>RA3</li><li>RA4</li><li>SRA0</li><li>SRA1</li><li>SRA2</li><li>SRA3</li><li>SRA4</li><li>LETTER</li><li>LEGAL</li><li>EXECUTIVE</li><li>FOLIO</li></ul>
* @param string $orientation page orientation. Possible values are (case insensitive):<ul><li>P or PORTRAIT (default)</li><li>L or LANDSCAPE</li></ul>
* @since 3.0.015 (2008-06-06)
// Page formats (45 standard ISO paper formats and 4 american common formats).
// Paper cordinates are calculated in this way: (inches * 72) where (1 inch = 2.54 cm)
case '4A0': {$format = array(4767.87,6740.79); break;}
case '2A0': {$format = array(3370.39,4767.87); break;}
case 'A0': {$format = array(2383.94,3370.39); break;}
case 'A1': {$format = array(1683.78,2383.94); break;}
case 'A2': {$format = array(1190.55,1683.78); break;}
case 'A3': {$format = array(841.89,1190.55); break;}
case 'A4': default: {$format = array(595.28,841.89); break;}
case 'A5': {$format = array(419.53,595.28); break;}
case 'A6': {$format = array(297.64,419.53); break;}
case 'A7': {$format = array(209.76,297.64); break;}
case 'A8': {$format = array(147.40,209.76); break;}
case 'A9': {$format = array(104.88,147.40); break;}
case 'A10': {$format = array(73.70,104.88); break;}
case 'B0': {$format = array(2834.65,4008.19); break;}
case 'B1': {$format = array(2004.09,2834.65); break;}
case 'B2': {$format = array(1417.32,2004.09); break;}
case 'B3': {$format = array(1000.63,1417.32); break;}
case 'B4': {$format = array(708.66,1000.63); break;}
case 'B5': {$format = array(498.90,708.66); break;}
case 'B6': {$format = array(354.33,498.90); break;}
case 'B7': {$format = array(249.45,354.33); break;}
case 'B8': {$format = array(175.75,249.45); break;}
case 'B9': {$format = array(124.72,175.75); break;}
case 'B10': {$format = array(87.87,124.72); break;}
case 'C0': {$format = array(2599.37,3676.54); break;}
case 'C1': {$format = array(1836.85,2599.37); break;}
case 'C2': {$format = array(1298.27,1836.85); break;}
case 'C3': {$format = array(918.43,1298.27); break;}
case 'C4': {$format = array(649.13,918.43); break;}
case 'C5': {$format = array(459.21,649.13); break;}
case 'C6': {$format = array(323.15,459.21); break;}
case 'C7': {$format = array(229.61,323.15); break;}
case 'C8': {$format = array(161.57,229.61); break;}
case 'C9': {$format = array(113.39,161.57); break;}
case 'C10': {$format = array(79.37,113.39); break;}
case 'RA0': {$format = array(2437.80,3458.27); break;}
case 'RA1': {$format = array(1729.13,2437.80); break;}
case 'RA2': {$format = array(1218.90,1729.13); break;}
case 'RA3': {$format = array(864.57,1218.90); break;}
case 'RA4': {$format = array(609.45,864.57); break;}
case 'SRA0': {$format = array(2551.18,3628.35); break;}
case 'SRA1': {$format = array(1814.17,2551.18); break;}
case 'SRA2': {$format = array(1275.59,1814.17); break;}
case 'SRA3': {$format = array(907.09,1275.59); break;}
case 'SRA4': {$format = array(637.80,907.09); break;}
case 'LETTER': {$format = array(612.00,792.00); break;}
case 'LEGAL': {$format = array(612.00,1008.00); break;}
case 'EXECUTIVE': {$format = array(521.86,756.00); break;}
case 'FOLIO': {$format = array(612.00,936.00); break;}
$this->fwPt = $format[0];
$this->fhPt = $format[1];
$this->fwPt = $format[0] * $this->k;
$this->fhPt = $format[1] * $this->k;
* @param string $orientation page orientation. Possible values are (case insensitive):<ul><li>P or PORTRAIT (default)</li><li>L or LANDSCAPE</li></ul>
* @param boolean $autopagebreak Boolean indicating if auto-page-break mode should be on or off.
* @param float $bottommargin bottom margin of the page.
* @since 3.0.015 (2008-06-06)
if (($orientation == 'P') OR ($orientation == 'PORTRAIT')) {
} elseif (($orientation == 'L') OR ($orientation == 'LANDSCAPE')) {
$this->Error('Incorrect orientation: '. $orientation);
$this->w = $this->wPt / $this->k;
$this->h = $this->hPt / $this->k;
$bottommargin = 2 * 28.35 / $this->k;
$this->pagedim[$this->page] = array('w' => $this->wPt, 'h' => $this->hPt, 'wk' => $this->w, 'hk' => $this->h, 'tm' => $this->tMargin, 'bm' => $bottommargin, 'lm' => $this->lMargin, 'rm' => $this->rMargin, 'pb' => $autopagebreak, 'or' => $this->CurOrientation, 'olm' => $this->original_lMargin, 'orm' => $this->original_rMargin);
* Set regular expression to detect withespaces or word separators.
* @param string $re regular expression (leave empty for default).
* @since 4.6.016 (2009-06-15)
// if PCRE unicode support is turned ON:
// \p{Z} or \p{Separator}: any kind of Unicode whitespace or invisible separator.
// \p{Lo} or \p{Other_Letter}: a Unicode letter or ideograph that does not have lowercase and uppercase variants.
// \p{Lo} is needed because Chinese characters are packed next to each other without spaces in between.
* Enable or disable Right-To-Left language mode
* @param Boolean $enable if true enable Right-To-Left language mode.
* @param Boolean $resetx if true reset the X position on direction change.
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-03)
public function setRTL($enable, $resetx= true) {
$enable = $enable ? true : false;
$resetx = ($resetx AND ($enable != $this->rtl));
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
* Force temporary RTL language direction
* @param mixed $mode can be false, 'L' for LTR or 'R' for RTL
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-09)
* Set the last cell height.
* @param float $h cell height.
* Get the last cell height.
* @return last cell height
* @since 4.0.017 (2008-08-05)
* Set the adjusting factor to convert pixels to user units.
* @param float $scale adjusting factor to convert pixels to user units.
* Returns the adjusting factor to convert pixels to user units.
* @return float adjusting factor to convert pixels to user units.
* Returns an array of page dimensions:
* <ul><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['w'] => page_width_in_points</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['h'] => height in points</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['wk'] => page_width_in_points</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['hk'] => height</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['tm'] => top_margin</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['bm'] => bottom_margin</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['lm'] => left_margin</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['rm'] => right_margin</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['pb'] => auto_page_break</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['or'] => page_orientation</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['olm'] => original_left_margin</li><li>$this->pagedim[$this->page]['orm'] => original_right_margin</li></ul>
* @param int $pagenum page number (empty = current page)
* @return array of page dimensions.
* @since 4.5.027 (2009-03-16)
* Returns the page width in units.
* @param int $pagenum page number (empty = current page)
* @return int page width.
* @see getPageDimensions()
return $this->pagedim[$pagenum]['w'];
* Returns the page height in units.
* @param int $pagenum page number (empty = current page)
* @return int page height.
* @see getPageDimensions()
return $this->pagedim[$pagenum]['h'];
* Returns the page break margin.
* @param int $pagenum page number (empty = current page)
* @return int page break margin.
* @see getPageDimensions()
return $this->pagedim[$pagenum]['bm'];
* Returns the scale factor (number of points in user unit).
* @return int scale factor.
* Defines the left, top and right margins. By default, they equal 1 cm. Call this method to change them.
* @param float $left Left margin.
* @param float $top Top margin.
* @param float $right Right margin. Default value is the left one.
* @see SetLeftMargin(), SetTopMargin(), SetRightMargin(), SetAutoPageBreak()
public function SetMargins($left, $top, $right=- 1) {
//Set left, top and right margins
* Defines the left margin. The method can be called before creating the first page. If the current abscissa gets out of page, it is brought back to the margin.
* @param float $margin The margin.
* @see SetTopMargin(), SetRightMargin(), SetAutoPageBreak(), SetMargins()
if (($this->page > 0) AND ($this->x < $margin)) {
* Defines the top margin. The method can be called before creating the first page.
* @param float $margin The margin.
* @see SetLeftMargin(), SetRightMargin(), SetAutoPageBreak(), SetMargins()
if (($this->page > 0) AND ($this->y < $margin)) {
* Defines the right margin. The method can be called before creating the first page.
* @param float $margin The margin.
* @see SetLeftMargin(), SetTopMargin(), SetAutoPageBreak(), SetMargins()
if (($this->page > 0) AND ($this->x > ($this->w - $margin))) {
$this->x = $this->w - $margin;
* Set the internal Cell padding.
* @param float $pad internal padding.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-09)
* @see Cell(), SetLeftMargin(), SetTopMargin(), SetAutoPageBreak(), SetMargins()
* Enables or disables the automatic page breaking mode. When enabling, the second parameter is the distance from the bottom of the page that defines the triggering limit. By default, the mode is on and the margin is 2 cm.
* @param boolean $auto Boolean indicating if mode should be on or off.
* @param float $margin Distance from the bottom of the page.
* @see Cell(), MultiCell(), AcceptPageBreak()
//Set auto page break mode and triggering margin
* Defines the way the document is to be displayed by the viewer.
* @param mixed $zoom The zoom to use. It can be one of the following string values or a number indicating the zooming factor to use. <ul><li>fullpage: displays the entire page on screen </li><li>fullwidth: uses maximum width of window</li><li>real: uses real size (equivalent to 100% zoom)</li><li>default: uses viewer default mode</li></ul>
* @param string $layout The page layout. Possible values are:<ul><li>SinglePage Display one page at a time</li><li>OneColumn Display the pages in one column</li><li>TwoColumnLeft Display the pages in two columns, with odd-numbered pages on the left</li><li>TwoColumnRight Display the pages in two columns, with odd-numbered pages on the right</li><li>TwoPageLeft (PDF 1.5) Display the pages two at a time, with odd-numbered pages on the left</li><li>TwoPageRight (PDF 1.5) Display the pages two at a time, with odd-numbered pages on the right</li></ul>
* @param string $mode A name object specifying how the document should be displayed when opened:<ul><li>UseNone Neither document outline nor thumbnail images visible</li><li>UseOutlines Document outline visible</li><li>UseThumbs Thumbnail images visible</li><li>FullScreen Full-screen mode, with no menu bar, window controls, or any other window visible</li><li>UseOC (PDF 1.5) Optional content group panel visible</li><li>UseAttachments (PDF 1.6) Attachments panel visible</li></ul>
public function SetDisplayMode($zoom, $layout= 'SinglePage', $mode= 'UseNone') {
//Set display mode in viewer
if (($zoom == 'fullpage') OR ($zoom == 'fullwidth') OR ($zoom == 'real') OR ($zoom == 'default') OR (!is_string($zoom))) {
$this->Error('Incorrect zoom display mode: '. $zoom);
* Activates or deactivates page compression. When activated, the internal representation of each page is compressed, which leads to a compression ratio of about 2 for the resulting document. Compression is on by default.
* Note: the Zlib extension is required for this feature. If not present, compression will be turned off.
* @param boolean $compress Boolean indicating if compression must be enabled.
* Defines the title of the document.
* @param string $title The title.
* @see SetAuthor(), SetCreator(), SetKeywords(), SetSubject()
* Defines the subject of the document.
* @param string $subject The subject.
* @see SetAuthor(), SetCreator(), SetKeywords(), SetTitle()
* Defines the author of the document.
* @param string $author The name of the author.
* @see SetCreator(), SetKeywords(), SetSubject(), SetTitle()
* Associates keywords with the document, generally in the form 'keyword1 keyword2 ...'.
* @param string $keywords The list of keywords.
* @see SetAuthor(), SetCreator(), SetSubject(), SetTitle()
* Defines the creator of the document. This is typically the name of the application that generates the PDF.
* @param string $creator The name of the creator.
* @see SetAuthor(), SetKeywords(), SetSubject(), SetTitle()
* This method is automatically called in case of fatal error; it simply outputs the message and halts the execution. An inherited class may override it to customize the error handling but should always halt the script, or the resulting document would probably be invalid.
* 2004-06-11 :: Nicola Asuni : changed bold tag with strong
* @param string $msg The error message
public function Error($msg) {
// unset all class variables
// exit program and print error
die('<strong>TCPDF ERROR: </strong>'. $msg);
* This method begins the generation of the PDF document.
* It is not necessary to call it explicitly because AddPage() does it automatically.
* Note: no page is created by this method
* @see AddPage(), Close()
* Terminates the PDF document.
* It is not necessary to call this method explicitly because Output() does it automatically.
* If the document contains no page, AddPage() is called to prevent from getting an invalid document.
public function Close() {
// unset all class variables (except critical ones)
* Move pointer at the specified document page and update page dimensions.
* @param int $pnum page number
* @param boolean $resetmargins if true reset left, right, top margins and Y position.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see getPage(), lastpage(), getNumPages()
public function setPage($pnum, $resetmargins= false) {
if ($pnum == $this->page) {
if (($pnum > 0) AND ($pnum <= $this->numpages)) {
// save current graphic settings
//$gvars = $this->getGraphicVars();
$this->w = $this->wPt / $this->k;
$this->h = $this->hPt / $this->k;
// restore graphic settings
//$this->setGraphicVars($gvars);
// account for booklet mode
$this->Error('Wrong page number on setPage() function.');
* Reset pointer to the last document page.
* @param boolean $resetmargins if true reset left, right, top margins and Y position.
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-04)
* @see setPage(), getPage(), getNumPages()
public function lastPage($resetmargins= false) {
* Get current document page number.
* @return int page number
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see setPage(), lastpage(), getNumPages()
* Get the total number of insered pages.
* @return int number of pages
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see setPage(), getPage(), lastpage()
* Adds a new page to the document. If a page is already present, the Footer() method is called first to output the footer (if enabled). Then the page is added, the current position set to the top-left corner according to the left and top margins (or top-right if in RTL mode), and Header() is called to display the header (if enabled).
* The origin of the coordinate system is at the top-left corner (or top-right for RTL) and increasing ordinates go downwards.
* @param string $orientation page orientation. Possible values are (case insensitive):<ul><li>P or PORTRAIT (default)</li><li>L or LANDSCAPE</li></ul>
* @param mixed $format The format used for pages. It can be either one of the following values (case insensitive) or a custom format in the form of a two-element array containing the width and the height (expressed in the unit given by unit).<ul><li>4A0</li><li>2A0</li><li>A0</li><li>A1</li><li>A2</li><li>A3</li><li>A4 (default)</li><li>A5</li><li>A6</li><li>A7</li><li>A8</li><li>A9</li><li>A10</li><li>B0</li><li>B1</li><li>B2</li><li>B3</li><li>B4</li><li>B5</li><li>B6</li><li>B7</li><li>B8</li><li>B9</li><li>B10</li><li>C0</li><li>C1</li><li>C2</li><li>C3</li><li>C4</li><li>C5</li><li>C6</li><li>C7</li><li>C8</li><li>C9</li><li>C10</li><li>RA0</li><li>RA1</li><li>RA2</li><li>RA3</li><li>RA4</li><li>SRA0</li><li>SRA1</li><li>SRA2</li><li>SRA3</li><li>SRA4</li><li>LETTER</li><li>LEGAL</li><li>EXECUTIVE</li><li>FOLIO</li></ul>
* @see startPage(), endPage()
public function AddPage($orientation= '', $format= '') {
// terminate previous page
* Terminate the current page
* @since 4.2.010 (2008-11-14)
* @see startPage(), AddPage()
// check if page is already closed
* Starts a new page to the document. The page must be closed using the endPage() function.
* The origin of the coordinate system is at the top-left corner and increasing ordinates go downwards.
* @param string $orientation page orientation. Possible values are (case insensitive):<ul><li>P or PORTRAIT (default)</li><li>L or LANDSCAPE</li></ul>
* @param mixed $format The format used for pages. It can be either one of the following values (case insensitive) or a custom format in the form of a two-element array containing the width and the height (expressed in the unit given by unit).<ul><li>4A0</li><li>2A0</li><li>A0</li><li>A1</li><li>A2</li><li>A3</li><li>A4 (default)</li><li>A5</li><li>A6</li><li>A7</li><li>A8</li><li>A9</li><li>A10</li><li>B0</li><li>B1</li><li>B2</li><li>B3</li><li>B4</li><li>B5</li><li>B6</li><li>B7</li><li>B8</li><li>B9</li><li>B10</li><li>C0</li><li>C1</li><li>C2</li><li>C3</li><li>C4</li><li>C5</li><li>C6</li><li>C7</li><li>C8</li><li>C9</li><li>C10</li><li>RA0</li><li>RA1</li><li>RA2</li><li>RA3</li><li>RA4</li><li>SRA0</li><li>SRA1</li><li>SRA2</li><li>SRA3</li><li>SRA4</li><li>LETTER</li><li>LEGAL</li><li>EXECUTIVE</li><li>FOLIO</li></ul>
* @since 4.2.010 (2008-11-14)
* @see endPage(), AddPage()
protected function startPage($orientation= '', $format= '') {
// this page has been already added
// save current graphic settings
// restore graphic settings
// restore graphic settings
// print table header (if any)
* Set start-writing mark on current page for multicell borders and fills.
* This function must be called after calling Image() function for a background image.
* Background images must be always inserted before calling Multicell() or WriteHTMLCell() or WriteHTML() functions.
* @since 4.0.016 (2008-07-30)
* Set start-writing mark on selected page.
* @param int $page page number (default is the current page)
* @since 4.6.021 (2009-07-20)
* @param string $ln header image logo
* @param string $lw header image logo width in mm
* @param string $ht string to print as title on document header
* @param string $hs string to print on document header
* <ul><li>$ret['logo'] = logo image</li><li>$ret['logo_width'] = width of the image logo in user units</li><li>$ret['title'] = header title</li><li>$ret['string'] = header description string</li></ul>
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
* (minimum distance between header and top page margin)
* @param int $hm distance in user units
* Returns header margin in user units.
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
* (minimum distance between footer and bottom page margin)
* @param int $fm distance in user units
* Returns footer margin in user units.
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
* Set a flag to print page header.
* @param boolean $val set to true to print the page header (default), false otherwise.
* Set a flag to print page footer.
* @param boolean $value set to true to print the page footer (default), false otherwise.
* Return the right-bottom (or left-bottom for RTL) corner X coordinate of last inserted image
* Return the right-bottom (or left-bottom for RTL) corner Y coordinate of last inserted image
* This method is used to render the page header.
* It is automatically called by AddPage() and could be overwritten in your own inherited class.
if (($headerdata['logo']) AND ($headerdata['logo'] != K_BLANK_IMAGE)) {
// set starting margin for text data cell
$header_x = $ormargins['right'] + ($headerdata['logo_width'] * 1.1);
$header_x = $ormargins['left'] + ($headerdata['logo_width'] * 1.1);
$this->SetFont($headerfont[0], 'B', $headerfont[2] + 1);
$this->Cell(0, $cell_height, $headerdata['title'], 0, 1, '', 0, '', 0);
$this->SetFont($headerfont[0], $headerfont[1], $headerfont[2]);
$this->MultiCell(0, $cell_height, $headerdata['string'], 0, '', 0, 1, '', '', true, 0, false);
// print an ending header line
$this->SetLineStyle(array('width' => 0.85 / $this->getScaleFactor(), 'cap' => 'butt', 'join' => 'miter', 'dash' => 0, 'color' => array(0, 0, 0)));
$this->SetX($ormargins['right']);
$this->SetX($ormargins['left']);
$this->Cell(0, 0, '', 'T', 0, 'C');
* This method is used to render the page footer.
* It is automatically called by AddPage() and could be overwritten in your own inherited class.
//set style for cell border
$this->SetLineStyle(array('width' => $line_width, 'cap' => 'butt', 'join' => 'miter', 'dash' => 0, 'color' => array(0, 0, 0)));
$barcode_width = round(($this->getPageWidth() - $ormargins['left'] - $ormargins['right'])/ 3);
$this->SetX($ormargins['right']);
$this->Cell(0, 0, $pagenumtxt, 'T', 0, 'L');
$this->SetX($ormargins['left']);
$this->Cell(0, 0, $pagenumtxt, 'T', 0, 'R');
* This method is used to render the page header.
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
* This method is used to render the page footer.
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
// save current graphic settings
// restore graphic settings
// calculate footer lenght
* This method is used to render the table header on new page (if any).
* @since 4.5.030 (2009-03-25)
// restore the original top-margin
// set new top margin to skip the table headers
* Returns the current page number.
* @return int page number
* @see AliasNbPages(), getAliasNbPages()
* Defines a new spot color.
* It can be expressed in RGB components or gray scale.
* The method can be called before the first page is created and the value is retained from page to page.
* @param int $c Cyan color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $m Magenta color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $y Yellow color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $k Key (Black) color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @since 4.0.024 (2008-09-12)
* @see SetDrawSpotColor(), SetFillSpotColor(), SetTextSpotColor()
$this->spot_colors[$name] = array('i' => $i, 'c' => $c, 'm' => $m, 'y' => $y, 'k' => $k);
* Defines the color used for all drawing operations (lines, rectangles and cell borders).
* It can be expressed in RGB components or gray scale.
* The method can be called before the first page is created and the value is retained from page to page.
* @param array $color array of colors
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-11)
$r = isset ($color[0]) ? $color[0] : - 1;
$g = isset ($color[1]) ? $color[1] : - 1;
$b = isset ($color[2]) ? $color[2] : - 1;
$k = isset ($color[3]) ? $color[3] : - 1;
* Defines the color used for all drawing operations (lines, rectangles and cell borders). It can be expressed in RGB components or gray scale. The method can be called before the first page is created and the value is retained from page to page.
* @param int $col1 Gray level for single color, or Red color for RGB, or Cyan color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $col2 Green color for RGB, or Magenta color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $col3 Blue color for RGB, or Yellow color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $col4 Key (Black) color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @see SetDrawColorArray(), SetFillColor(), SetTextColor(), Line(), Rect(), Cell(), MultiCell()
public function SetDrawColor($col1= 0, $col2=- 1, $col3=- 1, $col4=- 1) {
//Set color for all stroking operations
if (($col2 == - 1) AND ($col3 == - 1) AND ($col4 == - 1)) {
$this->DrawColor = sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F RG', $col1/ 255, $col2/ 255, $col3/ 255);
$this->DrawColor = sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F K', $col1/ 100, $col2/ 100, $col3/ 100, $col4/ 100);
* Defines the spot color used for all drawing operations (lines, rectangles and cell borders).
* @param string $name name of the spot color
* @param int $tint the intensity of the color (from 0 to 100 ; 100 = full intensity by default).
* @since 4.0.024 (2008-09-12)
* @see AddSpotColor(), SetFillSpotColor(), SetTextSpotColor()
$this->Error('Undefined spot color: '. $name);
* Defines the color used for all filling operations (filled rectangles and cell backgrounds).
* It can be expressed in RGB components or gray scale.
* The method can be called before the first page is created and the value is retained from page to page.
* @param array $color array of colors
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-6-11)
$r = isset ($color[0]) ? $color[0] : - 1;
$g = isset ($color[1]) ? $color[1] : - 1;
$b = isset ($color[2]) ? $color[2] : - 1;
$k = isset ($color[3]) ? $color[3] : - 1;
* Defines the color used for all filling operations (filled rectangles and cell backgrounds). It can be expressed in RGB components or gray scale. The method can be called before the first page is created and the value is retained from page to page.
* @param int $col1 Gray level for single color, or Red color for RGB, or Cyan color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $col2 Green color for RGB, or Magenta color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $col3 Blue color for RGB, or Yellow color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $col4 Key (Black) color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @see SetFillColorArray(), SetDrawColor(), SetTextColor(), Rect(), Cell(), MultiCell()
public function SetFillColor($col1= 0, $col2=- 1, $col3=- 1, $col4=- 1) {
//Set color for all filling operations
if (($col2 == - 1) AND ($col3 == - 1) AND ($col4 == - 1)) {
$this->bgcolor = array('G' => $col1);
$this->FillColor = sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F rg', $col1/ 255, $col2/ 255, $col3/ 255);
$this->bgcolor = array('R' => $col1, 'G' => $col2, 'B' => $col3);
$this->FillColor = sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F k', $col1/ 100, $col2/ 100, $col3/ 100, $col4/ 100);
$this->bgcolor = array('C' => $col1, 'M' => $col2, 'Y' => $col3, 'K' => $col4);
* Defines the spot color used for all filling operations (filled rectangles and cell backgrounds).
* @param string $name name of the spot color
* @param int $tint the intensity of the color (from 0 to 100 ; 100 = full intensity by default).
* @since 4.0.024 (2008-09-12)
* @see AddSpotColor(), SetDrawSpotColor(), SetTextSpotColor()
$this->Error('Undefined spot color: '. $name);
* Defines the color used for text. It can be expressed in RGB components or gray scale.
* The method can be called before the first page is created and the value is retained from page to page.
* @param array $color array of colors
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-6-11)
$r = isset ($color[0]) ? $color[0] : - 1;
$g = isset ($color[1]) ? $color[1] : - 1;
$b = isset ($color[2]) ? $color[2] : - 1;
$k = isset ($color[3]) ? $color[3] : - 1;
* Defines the color used for text. It can be expressed in RGB components or gray scale. The method can be called before the first page is created and the value is retained from page to page.
* @param int $col1 Gray level for single color, or Red color for RGB, or Cyan color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $col2 Green color for RGB, or Magenta color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $col3 Blue color for RGB, or Yellow color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @param int $col4 Key (Black) color for CMYK. Value between 0 and 255
* @see SetTextColorArray(), SetDrawColor(), SetFillColor(), Text(), Cell(), MultiCell()
public function SetTextColor($col1= 0, $col2=- 1, $col3=- 1, $col4=- 1) {
if (($col2 == - 1) AND ($col3 == - 1) AND ($col4 == - 1)) {
$this->fgcolor = array('G' => $col1);
$this->TextColor = sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F rg', $col1/ 255, $col2/ 255, $col3/ 255);
$this->fgcolor = array('R' => $col1, 'G' => $col2, 'B' => $col3);
$this->TextColor = sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F k', $col1/ 100, $col2/ 100, $col3/ 100, $col4/ 100);
$this->fgcolor = array('C' => $col1, 'M' => $col2, 'Y' => $col3, 'K' => $col4);
* Defines the spot color used for text.
* @param string $name name of the spot color
* @param int $tint the intensity of the color (from 0 to 100 ; 100 = full intensity by default).
* @since 4.0.024 (2008-09-12)
* @see AddSpotColor(), SetDrawSpotColor(), SetFillSpotColor()
$this->Error('Undefined spot color: '. $name);
* Returns the length of a string in user unit. A font must be selected.<br>
* @param string $s The string whose length is to be computed
* @param string $fontname Family font. It can be either a name defined by AddFont() or one of the standard families. It is also possible to pass an empty string, in that case, the current family is retained.
* @param string $fontstyle Font style. Possible values are (case insensitive):<ul><li>empty string: regular</li><li>B: bold</li><li>I: italic</li><li>U: underline</li><li>D: line trough</li></ul> or any combination. The default value is regular.
* @param float $fontsize Font size in points. The default value is the current size.
* @return int string length
public function GetStringWidth($s, $fontname= '', $fontstyle= '', $fontsize= 0) {
* Returns the string length of an array of chars in user unit. A font must be selected.<br>
* @param string $sa The array of chars whose total length is to be computed
* @param string $fontname Family font. It can be either a name defined by AddFont() or one of the standard families. It is also possible to pass an empty string, in that case, the current family is retained.
* @param string $fontstyle Font style. Possible values are (case insensitive):<ul><li>empty string: regular</li><li>B: bold</li><li>I: italic</li><li>U: underline</li><li>D: line trough</li></ul> or any combination. The default value is regular.
* @param float $fontsize Font size in points. The default value is the current size.
* @return int string length
* @since 2.4.000 (2008-03-06)
$this->SetFont($fontname, $fontstyle, $fontsize);
// restore previous values
$this->SetFont($prev_FontFamily, $prev_FontStyle, $prev_FontSizePt);
* Returns the length of the char in user unit for the current font.
* @param int $char The char code whose length is to be returned
* @since 2.4.000 (2008-03-06)
// SHY character will not be printed
} elseif (isset ($cw[32])) {
* Returns the numbero of characters in a string.
* @param string $s The input string.
* @return int number of characters
* @since 2.0.0001 (2008-01-07)
* Fill the list of available fonts ($this->fontlist).
* @since 4.0.013 (2008-07-28)
while (($file = readdir($fontsdir)) !== false) {
if (substr($file, - 4) == '.php') {
* Imports a TrueType, Type1, core, or CID0 font and makes it available.
* It is necessary to generate a font definition file first (read /fonts/utils/README.TXT).
* The definition file (and the font file itself when embedding) must be present either in the current directory or in the one indicated by K_PATH_FONTS if the constant is defined. If it could not be found, the error "Could not include font definition file" is generated.
* @param string $family Font family. The name can be chosen arbitrarily. If it is a standard family name, it will override the corresponding font.
* @param string $style Font style. Possible values are (case insensitive):<ul><li>empty string: regular (default)</li><li>B: bold</li><li>I: italic</li><li>BI or IB: bold italic</li></ul>
* @param string $fontfile The font definition file. By default, the name is built from the family and style, in lower case with no spaces.
* @return array containing the font data, or false in case of error.
public function AddFont($family, $style= '', $fontfile= '') {
$this->Error('Empty font family');
if ((!$this->isunicode) AND ($family == 'arial')) {
if (($family == 'symbol') OR ($family == 'zapfdingbats')) {
if (strpos($tempstyle, 'U') !== false) {
// line through (deleted)
if (strpos($tempstyle, 'D') !== false) {
if (strpos($tempstyle, 'B') !== false) {
if (strpos($tempstyle, 'I') !== false) {
$fontkey = $family. $style;
$fontdata = array('fontkey' => $fontkey, 'family' => $family, 'style' => $font_style);
// check if the font has been already added
// get specified font directory (if any)
// search and include font file
// build a standard filenames for specified font
// search files on various directories
$fontfile = $fontdir. $fontfile1;
$fontfile = $fontdir. $fontfile2;
$this->Error('Could not include font definition file: '. $family. '');
if ((!isset ($type)) OR (!isset ($cw))) {
$this->Error('The font definition file has a bad format: '. $fontfile. '');
// SET default parameters
$cidinfo = array('Registry'=> 'Adobe','Ordering'=> 'Identity','Supplement'=> 0);
$cidinfo['uni2cid'] = array();
if (isset ($desc['MissingWidth']) AND ($desc['MissingWidth'] > 0)) {
$dw = $desc['MissingWidth'];
} elseif (isset ($cw[32])) {
if ($type == 'cidfont0') {
// register CID font (all styles at once)
$styles = array('' => '', 'B' => ',Bold', 'I' => ',Italic', 'BI' => ',BoldItalic');
$sname = $name. $styles[$bistyle];
if ((strpos($bistyle, 'B') !== false) AND (isset ($desc['StemV'])) AND ($desc['StemV'] == 70)) {
} elseif ($type == 'core') {
} elseif (($type == 'TrueType') OR ($type == 'Type1')) {
} elseif ($type == 'TrueTypeUnicode') {
$this->Error('Unknow font type: '. $type. '');
$this->setFontBuffer($fontkey, array('i' => $this->numfonts, 'type' => $type, 'name' => $name, 'desc' => $desc, 'up' => $up, 'ut' => $ut, 'cw' => $cw, 'dw' => $dw, 'enc' => $enc, 'cidinfo' => $cidinfo, 'file' => $file, 'ctg' => $ctg));
if (isset ($diff) AND (!empty($diff))) {
//Search existing encodings
for ($i= 1; $i <= $nb; ++ $i) {
if ($this->diffs[$i] == $diff) {
$this->diffs[$d] = $diff;
$this->FontFiles[$file] = array('length1' => $originalsize, 'fontdir' => $fontdir);
} elseif ($type != 'core') {
$this->FontFiles[$file] = array('length1' => $size1, 'length2' => $size2, 'fontdir' => $fontdir);
* Sets the font used to print character strings.
* The font can be either a standard one or a font added via the AddFont() method. Standard fonts use Windows encoding cp1252 (Western Europe).
* The method can be called before the first page is created and the font is retained from page to page.
* If you just wish to change the current font size, it is simpler to call SetFontSize().
* Note: for the standard fonts, the font metric files must be accessible. There are three possibilities for this:<ul><li>They are in the current directory (the one where the running script lies)</li><li>They are in one of the directories defined by the include_path parameter</li><li>They are in the directory defined by the K_PATH_FONTS constant</li></ul><br />
* @param string $family Family font. It can be either a name defined by AddFont() or one of the standard Type1 families (case insensitive):<ul><li>times (Times-Roman)</li><li>timesb (Times-Bold)</li><li>timesi (Times-Italic)</li><li>timesbi (Times-BoldItalic)</li><li>helvetica (Helvetica)</li><li>helveticab (Helvetica-Bold)</li><li>helveticai (Helvetica-Oblique)</li><li>helveticabi (Helvetica-BoldOblique)</li><li>courier (Courier)</li><li>courierb (Courier-Bold)</li><li>courieri (Courier-Oblique)</li><li>courierbi (Courier-BoldOblique)</li><li>symbol (Symbol)</li><li>zapfdingbats (ZapfDingbats)</li></ul> It is also possible to pass an empty string. In that case, the current family is retained.
* @param string $style Font style. Possible values are (case insensitive):<ul><li>empty string: regular</li><li>B: bold</li><li>I: italic</li><li>U: underline</li><li>D: line trough</li></ul> or any combination. The default value is regular. Bold and italic styles do not apply to Symbol and ZapfDingbats basic fonts or other fonts when not defined.
* @param float $size Font size in points. The default value is the current size. If no size has been specified since the beginning of the document, the value taken is 12
* @param string $fontfile The font definition file. By default, the name is built from the family and style, in lower case with no spaces.
* @see AddFont(), SetFontSize()
public function SetFont($family, $style= '', $size= 0, $fontfile= '') {
//Select a font; size given in points
// try to add font (if not already added)
$fontdata = $this->AddFont($family, $style, $fontfile);
* Defines the size of the current font.
* @param float $size The size (in points)
//Set font size in points
* Defines the default monospaced font.
* @param string $font Font name.
* Creates a new internal link and returns its identifier. An internal link is a clickable area which directs to another place within the document.<br />
* The identifier can then be passed to Cell(), Write(), Image() or Link(). The destination is defined with SetLink().
* @see Cell(), Write(), Image(), Link(), SetLink()
//Create a new internal link
$this->links[$n] = array(0, 0);
* Defines the page and position a link points to.
* @param int $link The link identifier returned by AddLink()
* @param float $y Ordinate of target position; -1 indicates the current position. The default value is 0 (top of page)
* @param int $page Number of target page; -1 indicates the current page. This is the default value
public function SetLink($link, $y= 0, $page=- 1) {
$this->links[$link] = array($page, $y);
* Puts a link on a rectangular area of the page.
* Text or image links are generally put via Cell(), Write() or Image(), but this method can be useful for instance to define a clickable area inside an image.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param float $w Width of the rectangle
* @param float $h Height of the rectangle
* @param mixed $link URL or identifier returned by AddLink()
* @param int $spaces number of spaces on the text to link
* @see AddLink(), Annotation(), Cell(), Write(), Image()
public function Link($x, $y, $w, $h, $link, $spaces= 0) {
$this->Annotation($x, $y, $w, $h, $link, array('Subtype'=> 'Link'), $spaces);
* Puts a markup annotation on a rectangular area of the page.
* !!!!THE ANNOTATION SUPPORT IS NOT YET FULLY IMPLEMENTED !!!!
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param float $w Width of the rectangle
* @param float $h Height of the rectangle
* @param string $text annotation text or alternate content
* @param array $opt array of options (see section 8.4 of PDF reference 1.7).
* @param int $spaces number of spaces on the text to link
* @since 4.0.018 (2008-08-06)
public function Annotation($x= '', $y= '', $w, $h, $text, $opt= array('Subtype'=> 'Text'), $spaces= 0) {
// recalculate coordinates to account for graphic transformations
for ($j= $maxid; $j >= 0; -- $j) {
$y = ($this->h - $y) * $this->k;
$x1 = ($ctm['a'] * $xt) + ($ctm['c'] * $yt) + $ctm['e'];
$y1 = ($ctm['b'] * $xt) + ($ctm['d'] * $yt) + $ctm['f'];
$x2 = ($ctm['a'] * $xt) + ($ctm['c'] * $yt) + $ctm['e'];
$y2 = ($ctm['b'] * $xt) + ($ctm['d'] * $yt) + $ctm['f'];
$x3 = ($ctm['a'] * $xt) + ($ctm['c'] * $yt) + $ctm['e'];
$y3 = ($ctm['b'] * $xt) + ($ctm['d'] * $yt) + $ctm['f'];
$x4 = ($ctm['a'] * $xt) + ($ctm['c'] * $yt) + $ctm['e'];
$y4 = ($ctm['b'] * $xt) + ($ctm['d'] * $yt) + $ctm['f'];
// new coordinates (rectangle area)
$x = min($x1, $x2, $x3, $x4);
$y = max($y1, $y2, $y3, $y4);
$w = (max($x1, $x2, $x3, $x4) - $x) / $this->k;
$h = ($y - min($y1, $y2, $y3, $y4)) / $this->k;
$y = $this->h - ($y / $this->k);
$this->PageAnnots[$page][] = array('x' => $x, 'y' => $y, 'w' => $w, 'h' => $h, 'txt' => $text, 'opt' => $opt, 'numspaces' => $spaces);
// Add widgets annotation's icons
if (isset ($opt['mk']['i']) AND file_exists($opt['mk']['i'])) {
$this->Image($opt['mk']['i'], '', '', 10, 10, '', '', '', false, 300, '', false, false, 0, false, true);
if (isset ($opt['mk']['ri']) AND file_exists($opt['mk']['ri'])) {
$this->Image($opt['mk']['ri'], '', '', 0, 0, '', '', '', false, 300, '', false, false, 0, false, true);
if (isset ($opt['mk']['ix']) AND file_exists($opt['mk']['ix'])) {
$this->Image($opt['mk']['ix'], '', '', 0, 0, '', '', '', false, 300, '', false, false, 0, false, true);
* Embedd the attached files.
* @since 4.4.000 (2008-12-07)
$filter = ' /Filter /FlateDecode';
$this->_out($filedata['n']. ' 0 obj');
$this->_out('<</Type /EmbeddedFile'. $filter. ' /Length '. strlen($data). ' >>');
* Prints a character string.
* The origin is on the left of the first charcter, on the baseline.
* This method allows to place a string precisely on the page.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the origin
* @param float $y Ordinate of the origin
* @param string $txt String to print
* @param int $stroke outline size in points (0 = disable)
* @param boolean $clip if true activate clipping mode (you must call StartTransform() before this function and StopTransform() to stop the clipping tranformation).
* @deprecated deprecated since version 4.3.005 (2008-11-25)
* @see Cell(), Write(), MultiCell(), WriteHTML(), WriteHTMLCell()
public function Text($x, $y, $txt, $stroke= 0, $clip= false) {
// bidirectional algorithm (some chars may be changed affecting the line length)
$xr = $this->w - $x - $l;
if (($stroke > 0) AND (!$clip)) {
$opt .= '1 Tr '. intval($stroke). ' w ';
} elseif (($stroke > 0) AND $clip) {
$opt .= '5 Tr '. intval($stroke). ' w ';
$s = sprintf('BT %.2F %.2F Td %s(%s) Tj ET 0 Tr', $xr * $this->k, ($this->h- $y) * $this->k, $opt, $this->_escapetext($txt));
* Whenever a page break condition is met, the method is called, and the break is issued or not depending on the returned value.
* The default implementation returns a value according to the mode selected by SetAutoPageBreak().<br />
* This method is called automatically and should not be called directly by the application.
* @see SetAutoPageBreak()
* @param float $h Cell height. Default value: 0.
* @param mixed $y starting y position, leave empty for current position.
* @param boolean $addpage if true add a page, otherwise only return the true/false state
* @return boolean true in case of page break, false otherwise.
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-07-01)
$oldpage = $this->page - 1;
* Prints a cell (rectangular area) with optional borders, background color and character string. The upper-left corner of the cell corresponds to the current position. The text can be aligned or centered. After the call, the current position moves to the right or to the next line. It is possible to put a link on the text.<br />
* If automatic page breaking is enabled and the cell goes beyond the limit, a page break is done before outputting.
* @param float $w Cell width. If 0, the cell extends up to the right margin.
* @param float $h Cell height. Default value: 0.
* @param string $txt String to print. Default value: empty string.
* @param mixed $border Indicates if borders must be drawn around the cell. The value can be either a number:<ul><li>0: no border (default)</li><li>1: frame</li></ul>or a string containing some or all of the following characters (in any order):<ul><li>L: left</li><li>T: top</li><li>R: right</li><li>B: bottom</li></ul>
* @param int $ln Indicates where the current position should go after the call. Possible values are:<ul><li>0: to the right (or left for RTL languages)</li><li>1: to the beginning of the next line</li><li>2: below</li></ul>
Putting 1 is equivalent to putting 0 and calling Ln() just after. Default value: 0.
* @param string $align Allows to center or align the text. Possible values are:<ul><li>L or empty string: left align (default value)</li><li>C: center</li><li>R: right align</li><li>J: justify</li></ul>
* @param int $fill Indicates if the cell background must be painted (1) or transparent (0). Default value: 0.
* @param mixed $link URL or identifier returned by AddLink().
* @param int $stretch stretch carachter mode: <ul><li>0 = disabled</li><li>1 = horizontal scaling only if necessary</li><li>2 = forced horizontal scaling</li><li>3 = character spacing only if necessary</li><li>4 = forced character spacing</li></ul>
* @param boolean $ignore_min_height if true ignore automatic minimum height value.
* @see SetFont(), SetDrawColor(), SetFillColor(), SetTextColor(), SetLineWidth(), AddLink(), Ln(), MultiCell(), Write(), SetAutoPageBreak()
public function Cell($w, $h= 0, $txt= '', $border= 0, $ln= 0, $align= '', $fill= 0, $link= '', $stretch= 0, $ignore_min_height= false) {
//$min_cell_height = $this->FontAscent + $this->FontDescent;
if ($h < $min_cell_height) {
$this->_out($this->getCellCode($w, $h, $txt, $border, $ln, $align, $fill, $link, $stretch, $ignore_min_height));
* Removes SHY characters from text.
* @param string $txt input string
* @return string without SHY characters.
* @since (4.5.019) 2009-02-28
* Name : SOFT HYPHEN, commonly abbreviated as SHY
* HTML Entity (decimal): ­
* HTML Entity (hex): ­
* HTML Entity (named): ­
* How to type in Microsoft Windows: [Alt +00AD] or [Alt 0173]
* UTF-8 (hex): 0xC2 0xAD (c2ad)
* UTF-8 character: chr(194).chr(173)
* Returns the PDF string code to print a cell (rectangular area) with optional borders, background color and character string. The upper-left corner of the cell corresponds to the current position. The text can be aligned or centered. After the call, the current position moves to the right or to the next line. It is possible to put a link on the text.<br />
* If automatic page breaking is enabled and the cell goes beyond the limit, a page break is done before outputting.
* @param float $w Cell width. If 0, the cell extends up to the right margin.
* @param float $h Cell height. Default value: 0.
* @param string $txt String to print. Default value: empty string.
* @param mixed $border Indicates if borders must be drawn around the cell. The value can be either a number:<ul><li>0: no border (default)</li><li>1: frame</li></ul>or a string containing some or all of the following characters (in any order):<ul><li>L: left</li><li>T: top</li><li>R: right</li><li>B: bottom</li></ul>
* @param int $ln Indicates where the current position should go after the call. Possible values are:<ul><li>0: to the right (or left for RTL languages)</li><li>1: to the beginning of the next line</li><li>2: below</li></ul>Putting 1 is equivalent to putting 0 and calling Ln() just after. Default value: 0.
* @param string $align Allows to center or align the text. Possible values are:<ul><li>L or empty string: left align (default value)</li><li>C: center</li><li>R: right align</li><li>J: justify</li></ul>
* @param int $fill Indicates if the cell background must be painted (1) or transparent (0). Default value: 0.
* @param mixed $link URL or identifier returned by AddLink().
* @param int $stretch stretch carachter mode: <ul><li>0 = disabled</li><li>1 = horizontal scaling only if necessary</li><li>2 = forced horizontal scaling</li><li>3 = character spacing only if necessary</li><li>4 = forced character spacing</li></ul>
* @param boolean $ignore_min_height if true ignore automatic minimum height value.
protected function getCellCode($w, $h= 0, $txt= '', $border= 0, $ln= 0, $align= '', $fill= 0, $link= '', $stretch= 0, $ignore_min_height= false) {
$rs = ''; //string to be returned
if (!$ignore_min_height) {
if ($h < $min_cell_height) {
if (($fill == 1) OR ($border == 1)) {
$op = ($border == 1) ? 'B' : 'f';
$xk = (($this->x - $w) * $k);
$s .= sprintf('%.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F re %s ', $xk, (($this->h - $this->y) * $k), ($w * $k), (- $h * $k), $op);
if (strpos($border,'L') !== false) {
$s .= sprintf('%.2F %.2F m %.2F %.2F l S ', $xk, (($this->h - $y + $lm) * $k), $xk, (($this->h - ($y + $h + $lm)) * $k));
if (strpos($border,'T') !== false) {
$xk = ($x - $w + $lm) * $k;
$xwk = ($x + $w + $lm) * $k;
$s .= sprintf('%.2F %.2F m %.2F %.2F l S ', $xk, (($this->h - $y) * $k), $xwk, (($this->h - $y) * $k));
if (strpos($border,'R') !== false) {
$s .= sprintf('%.2F %.2F m %.2F %.2F l S ', $xk, (($this->h - $y + $lm) * $k), $xk, (($this->h - ($y + $h + $lm))* $k));
if (strpos($border,'B') !== false) {
$xk = ($x - $w + $lm) * $k;
$xwk = ($x + $w + $lm) * $k;
$s .= sprintf('%.2F %.2F m %.2F %.2F l S ', $xk, (($this->h - ($y + $h)) * $k), $xwk, (($this->h - ($y + $h)) * $k));
// ratio between cell lenght and text lenght
$ratio = ($w - (2 * $this->cMargin)) / $width;
// stretch text if required
if (($stretch > 0) AND (($ratio < 1) OR (($ratio > 1) AND (($stretch % 2) == 0)))) {
//Calculate character spacing in points
$rs .= sprintf('BT %.2F Tc ET ', $char_space);
//Calculate horizontal scaling
$horiz_scale = $ratio * 100.0;
$rs .= sprintf('BT %.2F Tz ET ', $horiz_scale);
$width = $w - (2 * $this->cMargin);
$dx = $w - $width - $this->cMargin;
} elseif ($align == 'R') {
$dx = $w - $width - $this->cMargin;
} elseif ($align == 'C') {
} elseif ($align == 'J') {
$dx = $w - $width - $this->cMargin;
$xdk = ($this->x - $dx - $width) * $k;
$xdk = ($this->x + $dx) * $k;
// count number of spaces
// get string width without spaces
// calculate average space width
$spacewidth = - 1000 * ($w - $width - (2 * $this->cMargin)) / ($ns? $ns: 1) / $this->FontSize;
// set word position to be used with TJ operator
$spacewidth = (($w - $width - (2 * $this->cMargin)) / ($ns? $ns: 1)) * $this->k;
$rs .= sprintf('BT %.3F Tw ET ', $spacewidth);
// calculate approximate position of the font base line
//$basefonty = $this->y + (($h + $this->FontAscent - $this->FontDescent)/2);
$basefonty = $this->y + ($h/ 2) + ($this->FontSize/ 3);
$s .= sprintf('BT %.2F %.2F Td [(%s)] TJ ET', $xdk, (($this->h - $basefonty) * $k), $txt2);
$xdx = $this->x - $dx - $width;
//Reset character horizontal spacing
} elseif ($stretch > 0) {
//Reset character horizontal scaling
if (!(($this->CurrentFont['type'] == 'TrueTypeUnicode') OR ($this->CurrentFont['type'] == 'cidfont0')) AND ($align == 'J')) {
//Go to the beginning of the next line
// go left or right by case
* This method allows printing text with line breaks.
* They can be automatic (as soon as the text reaches the right border of the cell) or explicit (via the \n character). As many cells as necessary are output, one below the other.<br />
* Text can be aligned, centered or justified. The cell block can be framed and the background painted.
* @param float $w Width of cells. If 0, they extend up to the right margin of the page.
* @param float $h Cell minimum height. The cell extends automatically if needed.
* @param string $txt String to print
* @param mixed $border Indicates if borders must be drawn around the cell block. The value can be either a number:<ul><li>0: no border (default)</li><li>1: frame</li></ul>or a string containing some or all of the following characters (in any order):<ul><li>L: left</li><li>T: top</li><li>R: right</li><li>B: bottom</li></ul>
* @param string $align Allows to center or align the text. Possible values are:<ul><li>L or empty string: left align</li><li>C: center</li><li>R: right align</li><li>J: justification (default value when $ishtml=false)</li></ul>
* @param int $fill Indicates if the cell background must be painted (1) or transparent (0). Default value: 0.
* @param int $ln Indicates where the current position should go after the call. Possible values are:<ul><li>0: to the right</li><li>1: to the beginning of the next line [DEFAULT]</li><li>2: below</li></ul>
* @param float $x x position in user units
* @param float $y y position in user units
* @param boolean $reseth if true reset the last cell height (default true).
* @param int $stretch stretch carachter mode: <ul><li>0 = disabled</li><li>1 = horizontal scaling only if necessary</li><li>2 = forced horizontal scaling</li><li>3 = character spacing only if necessary</li><li>4 = forced character spacing</li></ul>
* @param boolean $ishtml set to true if $txt is HTML content (default = false).
* @param boolean $autopadding if true, uses internal padding and automatically adjust it to account for line width.
* @param float $maxh maximum height. It should be >= $h and less then remaining space to the bottom of the page, or 0 for disable this feature. This feature works only when $ishtml=false.
* @return int Return the number of cells or 1 for html mode.
* @see SetFont(), SetDrawColor(), SetFillColor(), SetTextColor(), SetLineWidth(), Cell(), Write(), SetAutoPageBreak()
public function MultiCell($w, $h, $txt, $border= 0, $align= 'J', $fill= 0, $ln= 1, $x= '', $y= '', $reseth= true, $stretch= 0, $ishtml= false, $autopadding= true, $maxh= 0) {
// get current page number
$startpage = $this->page;
// store original margin values
// Adjust internal padding
// Add top space if needed
// ******* Write HTML text
$this->writeHTML($txt, true, 0, $reseth, true, $align);
$nl = $this->Write($this->lasth, $txt, '', 0, $align, true, $stretch, false, false, $maxh);
// Add bottom space if needed
// Get end-of-text Y position
// get latest page number
// check if a new page has been created
if ($endpage > $startpage) {
// design borders around HTML cells.
for ($page= $startpage; $page <= $endpage; ++ $page) {
if ($page == $startpage) {
$this->y = $starty; // put cursor at the beginning of cell on the first page
} elseif ($page == $endpage) {
$this->y = $this->tMargin; // put cursor at the beginning of last page
$this->y = $this->tMargin; // put cursor at the beginning of the current page
// account for margin changes
if ($page > $startpage) {
if (($this->rtl) AND ($this->pagedim[$page]['orm'] != $this->pagedim[$startpage]['orm'])) {
$nx = $x + ($this->pagedim[$page]['orm'] - $this->pagedim[$startpage]['orm']);
} elseif ((!$this->rtl) AND ($this->pagedim[$page]['olm'] != $this->pagedim[$startpage]['olm'])) {
$nx = $x + ($this->pagedim[$page]['olm'] - $this->pagedim[$startpage]['olm']);
$ccode = $this->getCellCode($w, $h, '', $cborder, 1, '', $fill, '', 0, false);
$h = max($h, ($currentY - $y));
// put cursor at the beginning of text
// design a cell around the text
$ccode = $this->getCellCode($w, $h, '', $border, 1, '', $fill, '', 0, true);
$pstart = substr($pagebuff, 0, $pagemark);
$pend = substr($pagebuff, $pagemark);
$pagemark += strlen($ccode. "\n");
// Get end-of-cell Y position
$currentY = $this->GetY();
// restore original margin values
//Go to the beginning of the next line
// go left or right by case
* Get the border mode accounting for multicell position (opens bottom side of multicell crossing pages)
* @param mixed $border Indicates if borders must be drawn around the cell block. The value can be either a number:<ul><li>0: no border (default)</li><li>1: frame</li></ul>or a string containing some or all of the following characters (in any order):<ul><li>L: left</li><li>T: top</li><li>R: right</li><li>B: bottom</li></ul>
* @param string multicell position: 'start', 'middle', 'end'
* @since 4.4.002 (2008-12-09)
if ((!$this->opencell) AND ($border == 1)) {
if (!(false === strpos($border, 'L'))) {
if (!(false === strpos($border, 'T'))) {
if (!(false === strpos($border, 'R'))) {
if (!(false === strpos($border, 'L'))) {
if (!(false === strpos($border, 'R'))) {
if (!(false === strpos($border, 'L'))) {
if (!(false === strpos($border, 'R'))) {
if (!(false === strpos($border, 'B'))) {
* This method returns the estimated number of lines required to print the text.
* @param string $txt text to print
* @param float $w width of cell. If 0, they extend up to the right margin of the page.
* @return int Return the estimated number of lines.
// remove carriage returns
// remove last newline (if any)
if (substr($txt,- 1) == "\n") {
foreach ($txtblocks as $block) {
// estimate the number of lines
* This method prints text from the current position.<br />
* @param float $h Line height
* @param string $txt String to print
* @param mixed $link URL or identifier returned by AddLink()
* @param int $fill Indicates if the background must be painted (1) or transparent (0). Default value: 0.
* @param string $align Allows to center or align the text. Possible values are:<ul><li>L or empty string: left align (default value)</li><li>C: center</li><li>R: right align</li><li>J: justify</li></ul>
* @param boolean $ln if true set cursor at the bottom of the line, otherwise set cursor at the top of the line.
* @param int $stretch stretch carachter mode: <ul><li>0 = disabled</li><li>1 = horizontal scaling only if necessary</li><li>2 = forced horizontal scaling</li><li>3 = character spacing only if necessary</li><li>4 = forced character spacing</li></ul>
* @param boolean $firstline if true prints only the first line and return the remaining string.
* @param boolean $firstblock if true the string is the starting of a line.
* @param float $maxh maximum height. The remaining unprinted text will be returned. It should be >= $h and less then remaining space to the bottom of the page, or 0 for disable this feature.
* @return mixed Return the number of cells or the remaining string if $firstline = true.
public function Write($h, $txt, $link= '', $fill= 0, $align= '', $ln= false, $stretch= 0, $firstline= false, $firstblock= false, $maxh= 0) {
// remove carriage returns
// check if string contains arabic text
// check if string contains RTL text
// get array of unicode values
// get the number of characters
// replacement for SHY character (minus symbol)
$shy_replacement_char = $this->unichr($shy_replacement);
// widht for SHY replacement
$shy_replacement_width = $this->GetCharWidth($shy_replacement);
// store current position
$maxy = $this->y + $maxh - $h - (2 * $this->cMargin);
// calculate remaining line width ($w)
if ((!$firstline) AND (($chrwidth > $wmax) OR ($this->GetCharWidth($chars[0]) > $wmax))) {
// a single character do not fit on column
$i = 0; // character position
$j = 0; // current starting position
$sep = - 1; // position of the last blank space
$shy = false; // true if the last blank is a soft hypen (SHY)
$l = 0; // current string lenght
$nl = 0; //number of lines
if (($maxh > 0) AND ($this->y >= $maxy) ) {
//Get the current character
if ($c == 10) { // 10 = "\n" = new line
$this->Cell($w, $h, $tmpstr, 0, 1, $talign, $fill, $link, $stretch);
// account for margin changes
// AcceptPageBreak() may be overriden on extended classed to include margin changes
// 160 is the non-breaking space.
// 173 is SHY (Soft Hypen).
// \p{Z} or \p{Separator}: any kind of Unicode whitespace or invisible separator.
// \p{Lo} or \p{Other_Letter}: a Unicode letter or ideograph that does not have lowercase and uppercase variants.
// \p{Lo} is needed because Chinese characters are packed next to each other without spaces in between.
// update last blank space position
if ((($this->CurrentFont['type'] == 'TrueTypeUnicode') OR ($this->CurrentFont['type'] == 'cidfont0')) AND ($arabic)) {
// with bidirectional algorithm some chars may be changed affecting the line length
if (($l > $wmax) OR ($shy AND (($l + $shy_replacement_width) > $wmax)) ) {
// we have reached the end of column
// check if the line was already started
if (($this->rtl AND ($this->x <= ($this->w - $this->rMargin - $chrwidth)))
OR ((!$this->rtl) AND ($this->x >= ($this->lMargin + $chrwidth)))) {
// print a void cell and go to next line
$this->Cell($w, $h, '', 0, 1);
// truncate the word because do not fit on column
$this->Cell($w, $h, $tmpstr, 0, 1, $align, $fill, $link, $stretch);
if ($this->rtl AND (!$firstblock)) {
// add hypen (minus symbol) at the end of the line
$shy_width = $shy_replacement_width;
$shy_char_left = $shy_replacement_char;
$shy_char_right = $shy_replacement_char;
$this->endlinex = $startx - $linew - $shy_width;
$this->endlinex = $startx + $linew + $shy_width;
$this->Cell($w, $h, $shy_char_left. $tmpstr. $shy_char_right, 0, 1, $align, $fill, $link, $stretch);
// return the remaining text
// account for margin changes
// AcceptPageBreak() may be overriden on extended classed to include margin changes
// print last substring (if any)
$this->Cell($w, $h, $tmpstr, 0, $ln, $align, $fill, $link, $stretch);
* Returns the remaining width between the current position and margins.
* @return int Return the remaining width
return ($this->w - $this->rMargin - $this->x);
* Extract a slice of the $strarr array and return it as string.
* @param string $strarr The input array of characters.
* @param int $start the starting element of $strarr.
* @param int $end first element that will not be returned.
* @return Return part of a string
for ($i= $start; $i < $end; ++ $i) {
$string .= $this->unichr($strarr[$i]);
* Extract a slice of the $uniarr array and return it as string.
* @param string $uniarr The input array of characters.
* @param int $start the starting element of $strarr.
* @param int $end first element that will not be returned.
* @return Return part of a string
* @since 4.5.037 (2009-04-07)
for ($i= $start; $i < $end; ++ $i) {
* Convert an array of UTF8 values to array of unicode characters
* @param string $ta The input array of UTF8 values.
* @return Return array of unicode characters
* @since 4.5.037 (2009-04-07)
return array_map(array($this, 'unichr'), $ta);
* Returns the unicode caracter specified by UTF-8 code
* @param int $c UTF-8 code
* @return Returns the specified character.
* @author Miguel Perez, Nicola Asuni
* @since 2.3.000 (2008-03-05)
return chr(0xC0 | $c >> 6). chr(0x80 | $c & 0x3F);
} elseif ($c <= 0xFFFF) {
return chr(0xE0 | $c >> 12). chr(0x80 | $c >> 6 & 0x3F). chr(0x80 | $c & 0x3F);
} elseif ($c <= 0x10FFFF) {
return chr(0xF0 | $c >> 18). chr(0x80 | $c >> 12 & 0x3F). chr(0x80 | $c >> 6 & 0x3F). chr(0x80 | $c & 0x3F);
* Puts an image in the page.
* The upper-left corner must be given.
* The dimensions can be specified in different ways:<ul>
* <li>explicit width and height (expressed in user unit)</li>
* <li>one explicit dimension, the other being calculated automatically in order to keep the original proportions</li>
* <li>no explicit dimension, in which case the image is put at 72 dpi</li></ul>
* Supported formats are JPEG and PNG images whitout GD library and all images supported by GD: GD, GD2, GD2PART, GIF, JPEG, PNG, BMP, XBM, XPM;
* The format can be specified explicitly or inferred from the file extension.<br />
* It is possible to put a link on the image.<br />
* Remark: if an image is used several times, only one copy will be embedded in the file.<br />
* @param string $file Name of the file containing the image.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner.
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner.
* @param float $w Width of the image in the page. If not specified or equal to zero, it is automatically calculated.
* @param float $h Height of the image in the page. If not specified or equal to zero, it is automatically calculated.
* @param string $type Image format. Possible values are (case insensitive): JPEG and PNG (whitout GD library) and all images supported by GD: GD, GD2, GD2PART, GIF, JPEG, PNG, BMP, XBM, XPM;. If not specified, the type is inferred from the file extension.
* @param mixed $link URL or identifier returned by AddLink().
* @param string $align Indicates the alignment of the pointer next to image insertion relative to image height. The value can be:<ul><li>T: top-right for LTR or top-left for RTL</li><li>M: middle-right for LTR or middle-left for RTL</li><li>B: bottom-right for LTR or bottom-left for RTL</li><li>N: next line</li></ul>
* @param boolean $resize If true resize (reduce) the image to fit $w and $h (requires GD library).
* @param int $dpi dot-per-inch resolution used on resize
* @param string $palign Allows to center or align the image on the current line. Possible values are:<ul><li>L : left align</li><li>C : center</li><li>R : right align</li><li>'' : empty string : left for LTR or right for RTL</li></ul>
* @param boolean $ismask true if this image is a mask, false otherwise
* @param mixed $imgmask image object returned by this function or false
* @param mixed $border Indicates if borders must be drawn around the image. The value can be either a number:<ul><li>0: no border (default)</li><li>1: frame</li></ul>or a string containing some or all of the following characters (in any order):<ul><li>L: left</li><li>T: top</li><li>R: right</li><li>B: bottom</li></ul>
* @param boolean $fitbox If true scale image dimensions proportionally to fit within the ($w, $h) box.
* @param boolean $hidden if true do not display the image.
* @return image information
public function Image($file, $x= '', $y= '', $w= 0, $h= 0, $type= '', $link= '', $align= '', $resize= false, $dpi= 300, $palign= '', $ismask= false, $imgmask= false, $border= 0, $fitbox= false, $hidden= false) {
// encode spaces on filename
$this->Error('[Image] No such file or directory in '. $file);
// get original image width and height in pixels
list ($pixw, $pixh) = $imsize;
// calculate image width and height on document
if (($w <= 0) AND ($h <= 0)) {
// convert image size to document unit
} elseif ($fitbox AND ($w > 0) AND ($h > 0)) {
// scale image dimensions proportionally to fit within the ($w, $h) box
if ((($w * $pixh) / ($h * $pixw)) < 1) {
// calculate new minimum dimensions in pixels
$neww = round($w * $this->k * $dpi / $this->dpi);
$newh = round($h * $this->k * $dpi / $this->dpi);
// check if resize is necessary (resize is used only to reduce the image)
if (($neww * $newh) >= ($pixw * $pixh)) {
// check if image has been already added on document
//First use of image, get info
if (isset ($fileinfo['extension']) AND (!$this->empty_string($fileinfo['extension']))) {
$type = $fileinfo['extension'];
$this->Error('Image file has no extension and no type was specified: '. $file);
// Specific image handlers
// GD image handler function
$gdfunction = 'imagecreatefrom'. $type;
$info = $this->$mtd($file);
if ($info == 'pngalpha') {
return $this->ImagePngAlpha($file, $x, $y, $w, $h, 'PNG', $link, $align, $resize, $dpi, $palign);
$img = $gdfunction($file);
$img->resizeImage($neww, $newh, 10, 1, false);
$img->setImageFormat('jpeg');
$img->writeImage($tempname);
//If false, we cannot process image
$info['cs'] = 'DeviceGray';
if ($imgmask !== false) {
$info['masked'] = $imgmask;
// Check whether we need a new page first as this does not fit
// set right side coordinate
} elseif ($palign == 'C') {
$ximg = ($this->w - $x - $w) / 2;
// set right side coordinate
$ximg = $this->w - $x - $w;
// set left side coordinate
// set left side coordinate
} elseif ($palign == 'C') {
$ximg = ($this->w - $x - $w) / 2;
// set right side coordinate
// set right side coordinate
if ($ismask OR $hidden) {
// image is not displayed
$xkimg = $ximg * $this->k;
$this->_out(sprintf('q %.2F 0 0 %.2F %.2F %.2F cm /I%d Do Q', ($w * $this->k), ($h * $this->k), $xkimg, (($this->h - ($y + $h)) * $this->k), $info['i']));
$this->Cell($w, $h, '', $border, 0, '', 0, '', 0);
$this->Link($ximg, $y, $w, $h, $link, 0);
// set pointer to align the successive text/objects
* Sets the current active configuration setting of magic_quotes_runtime (if the set_magic_quotes_runtime function exist)
* @param boolean $mqr FALSE for off, TRUE for on.
* @since 4.6.025 (2009-08-17)
define('PHP_VERSION_ID', (($version{0} * 10000) + ($version{2} * 100) + $version{4}));
if (PHP_VERSION_ID < 50300) {
* Gets the current active configuration setting of magic_quotes_runtime (if the get_magic_quotes_runtime function exist)
* @return Returns 0 if magic quotes runtime is off or get_magic_quotes_runtime doesn't exist, 1 otherwise.
* @since 4.6.025 (2009-08-17)
define('PHP_VERSION_ID', (($version{0} * 10000) + ($version{2} * 100) + $version{4}));
if (PHP_VERSION_ID < 50300) {
* Convert the loaded php image to a JPEG and then return a structure for the PDF creator.
* This function requires GD library and write access to the directory defined on K_PATH_CACHE constant.
* @param string $file Image file name.
* @param image $image Image object.
* return image JPEG image object.
protected function _toJPEG($image) {
// tidy up by removing temporary image
* Extract info from a JPEG file without using the GD library.
* @param string $file image file to parse
* @return array structure containing the image data
$this->Error('Missing or incorrect image file: '. $file);
$this->Error('Not a JPEG file: '. $file);
if ((!isset ($a['channels'])) OR ($a['channels'] == 3)) {
} elseif ($a['channels'] == 4) {
$colspace = 'DeviceCMYK';
$colspace = 'DeviceGray';
$bpc = isset ($a['bits']) ? $a['bits'] : 8;
return array('w' => $a[0], 'h' => $a[1], 'cs' => $colspace, 'bpc' => $bpc, 'f' => 'DCTDecode', 'data' => $data);
* Extract info from a PNG file without using the GD library.
* @param string $file image file to parse
* @return array structure containing the image data
$this->Error('Can\'t open image file: '. $file);
$this->Error('Not a PNG file: '. $file);
if (fread($f, 4) != 'IHDR') {
$this->Error('Incorrect PNG file: '. $file);
//$this->Error('16-bit depth not supported: '.$file);
$colspace = 'DeviceGray';
//$this->Error('Unknown compression method: '.$file);
//$this->Error('Unknown filter method: '.$file);
//$this->Error('Interlacing not supported: '.$file);
$parms = '/DecodeParms <</Predictor 15 /Colors '. ($ct== 2 ? 3 : 1). ' /BitsPerComponent '. $bpc. ' /Columns '. $w. '>>';
//Scan chunks looking for palette, transparency and image data
} elseif ($type == 'tRNS') {
} elseif ($type == 'IDAT') {
$data .= $this->rfread($f, $n);
} elseif ($type == 'IEND') {
if (($colspace == 'Indexed') AND (empty($pal))) {
//$this->Error('Missing palette in '.$file);
return array('w' => $w, 'h' => $h, 'cs' => $colspace, 'bpc' => $bpc, 'f' => 'FlateDecode', 'parms' => $parms, 'pal' => $pal, 'trns' => $trns, 'data' => $data);
* Binary-safe and URL-safe file read.
* Reads up to length bytes from the file pointer referenced by handle. Reading stops as soon as one of the following conditions is met: length bytes have been read; EOF (end of file) is reached.
* @param resource $handle
* @return Returns the read string or FALSE in case of error.
* @since 4.5.027 (2009-03-16)
protected function rfread($handle, $length) {
$data = fread($handle, $length);
$rest = $length - strlen($data);
$data .= $this->rfread($handle, $rest);
* Extract info from a PNG image with alpha channel using the GD library.
* @param string $file Name of the file containing the image.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner.
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner.
* @param float $w Width of the image in the page. If not specified or equal to zero, it is automatically calculated.
* @param float $h Height of the image in the page. If not specified or equal to zero, it is automatically calculated.
* @param string $type Image format. Possible values are (case insensitive): JPEG and PNG (whitout GD library) and all images supported by GD: GD, GD2, GD2PART, GIF, JPEG, PNG, BMP, XBM, XPM;. If not specified, the type is inferred from the file extension.
* @param mixed $link URL or identifier returned by AddLink().
* @param string $align Indicates the alignment of the pointer next to image insertion relative to image height. The value can be:<ul><li>T: top-right for LTR or top-left for RTL</li><li>M: middle-right for LTR or middle-left for RTL</li><li>B: bottom-right for LTR or bottom-left for RTL</li><li>N: next line</li></ul>
* @param boolean $resize If true resize (reduce) the image to fit $w and $h (requires GD library).
* @param int $dpi dot-per-inch resolution used on resize
* @param string $palign Allows to center or align the image on the current line. Possible values are:<ul><li>L : left align</li><li>C : center</li><li>R : right align</li><li>'' : empty string : left for LTR or right for RTL</li></ul>
* @author Valentin Schmidt, Nicola Asuni
* @since 4.3.007 (2008-12-04)
protected function ImagePngAlpha($file, $x= '', $y= '', $w= 0, $h= 0, $type= '', $link= '', $align= '', $resize= false, $dpi= 300, $palign= '') {
// generate gray scale pallete
for ($c = 0; $c < 256; ++ $c) {
ImageColorAllocate($imgalpha, $c, $c, $c);
for ($xpx = 0; $xpx < $wpx; ++ $xpx) {
for ($ypx = 0; $ypx < $hpx; ++ $ypx) {
// create temp alpha file
// extract image without alpha channel
imagecopy($imgplain, $img, 0, 0, 0, 0, $wpx, $hpx);
// create temp image file
$imgmask = $this->Image($tempfile_alpha, $x, $y, $w, $h, 'PNG', '', '', $resize, $dpi, '', true, false);
// embed image, masked with previously embedded mask
$this->Image($tempfile_plain, $x, $y, $w, $h, $type, $link, $align, $resize, $dpi, $palign, false, $imgmask);
* Correct the gamma value to be used with GD library
* @param float $v the gamma value to be corrected
* @since 4.3.007 (2008-12-04)
return (pow(($v / 255), 2.2) * 255);
* The current abscissa goes back to the left margin and the ordinate increases by the amount passed in parameter.
* @param float $h The height of the break. By default, the value equals the height of the last printed cell.
* @param boolean $cell if true add a cMargin to the x coordinate
public function Ln($h= '', $cell= false) {
//Line feed; default value is last cell height
$this->x = $this->w - $this->rMargin - $cellmargin;
$this->x = $this->lMargin + $cellmargin;
* Returns the relative X value of current position.
* The value is relative to the left border for LTR languages and to the right border for RTL languages.
* @see SetX(), GetY(), SetY()
return ($this->w - $this->x);
* Returns the absolute X value of current position.
* @see SetX(), GetY(), SetY()
* Returns the ordinate of the current position.
* @see SetY(), GetX(), SetX()
* Defines the abscissa of the current position.
* If the passed value is negative, it is relative to the right of the page (or left if language is RTL).
* @param float $x The value of the abscissa.
* @see GetX(), GetY(), SetY(), SetXY()
public function SetX($x) {
$this->x = $this->w - $x;
$this->x = $this->w + $x;
if ($this->x > $this->w) {
* Moves the current abscissa back to the left margin and sets the ordinate.
* If the passed value is negative, it is relative to the bottom of the page.
* @param float $y The value of the ordinate.
* @param bool $resetx if true (default) reset the X position.
* @see GetX(), GetY(), SetY(), SetXY()
public function SetY($y, $resetx= true) {
$this->y = $this->h + $y;
if ($this->y > $this->h) {
* Defines the abscissa and ordinate of the current position.
* If the passed values are negative, they are relative respectively to the right and bottom of the page.
* @param float $x The value of the abscissa
* @param float $y The value of the ordinate
public function SetXY($x, $y) {
* Send the document to a given destination: string, local file or browser.
* In the last case, the plug-in may be used (if present) or a download ("Save as" dialog box) may be forced.<br />
* The method first calls Close() if necessary to terminate the document.
* @param string $name The name of the file when saved. Note that special characters are removed and blanks characters are replaced with the underscore character.
* @param string $dest Destination where to send the document. It can take one of the following values:<ul><li>I: send the file inline to the browser (default). The plug-in is used if available. The name given by name is used when one selects the "Save as" option on the link generating the PDF.</li><li>D: send to the browser and force a file download with the name given by name.</li><li>F: save to a local file with the name given by name.</li><li>S: return the document as a string. name is ignored.</li></ul>
public function Output($name= 'doc.pdf', $dest= 'I') {
//Output PDF to some destination
//Finish document if necessary
$dest = $dest ? 'D' : 'F';
// *** apply digital signature to the document ***
// get the document content
$pdfdoc = substr($pdfdoc, 0, - 1);
// Remove the original buffer
// remove buffer file from cache
$byte_range[3] = strlen($pdfdoc) - $byte_range[2];
$pdfdoc = substr($pdfdoc, 0, $byte_range[1]). substr($pdfdoc, $byte_range[2]);
$byterange = sprintf('/ByteRange[0 %u %u %u]', $byte_range[1], $byte_range[2], $byte_range[3]);
// write the document to a temporary folder
$f = fopen($tempdoc, 'wb');
$this->Error('Unable to create temporary file: '. $tempdoc);
$pdfdoc_lenght = strlen($pdfdoc);
fwrite($f, $pdfdoc, $pdfdoc_lenght);
// get digital signature via openssl library
$signature = substr($signature, (strpos($signature, "%%EOF\n\n------") + 13));
$tmparr = explode("\n\n", $signature);
// convert signature to hex
// Add signature to the document
$pdfdoc = substr($pdfdoc, 0, $byte_range[1]). '<'. $signature. '>'. substr($pdfdoc, ($byte_range[1]));
// Send PDF to the standard output
$this->Error('Some data has already been output, can\'t send PDF file');
header('Content-Type: application/pdf');
$this->Error('Some data has already been output to browser, can\'t send PDF file');
header('Cache-Control: public, must-revalidate, max-age=0'); // HTTP/1.1
header('Expires: Sat, 26 Jul 1997 05:00:00 GMT'); // Date in the past
header('Content-Disposition: inline; filename="'. basename($name). '";');
$this->Error('Some data has already been output, can\'t send PDF file');
header('Content-Description: File Transfer');
$this->Error('Some data has already been output to browser, can\'t send PDF file');
header('Cache-Control: public, must-revalidate, max-age=0'); // HTTP/1.1
header('Expires: Sat, 26 Jul 1997 05:00:00 GMT'); // Date in the past
header('Content-Type: application/force-download');
header('Content-Type: application/octet-stream', false);
header('Content-Type: application/download', false);
header('Content-Type: application/pdf', false);
// use the Content-Disposition header to supply a recommended filename
header('Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="'. basename($name). '";');
header('Content-Transfer-Encoding: binary');
// Save PDF to a local file
$this->Error('Unable to create output file: '. $name);
// Returns PDF as a string
$this->Error('Incorrect output destination: '. $dest);
* Unset all class variables except the following critical variables: internal_encoding, state, bufferlen, buffer and diskcache.
* @param boolean $destroyall if true destroys all class variables, otherwise preserves critical variables.
* @param boolean $preserve_objcopy if true preserves the objcopy variable
* @since 4.5.016 (2009-02-24)
public function _destroy($destroyall= false, $preserve_objcopy= false) {
// remove buffer file from cache
($val != 'internal_encoding')
AND ($val != 'bufferlen')
AND ($val != 'diskcache')
AND ($val != 'signature_data')
AND ($val != 'signature_max_lenght')
AND ($val != 'byterange_string')
if (!$preserve_objcopy OR ($val != 'objcopy')) {
* Check for locale-related bug
//Check for locale-related bug
$this->Error('Don\'t alter the locale before including class file');
//Check for decimal separator
if (sprintf('%.1F', 1.0) != '1.0') {
$nbu = $this->UTF8ToUTF16BE($nbs, false); // replacement for unicode font
$filter = ($this->compress) ? '/Filter /FlateDecode ' : '';
for ($n= 1; $n <= $nb; ++ $n) {
// replace total pages group numbers
$alias_gau = $this->_escape('{'. $k. '}');
// replace page group numbers
$alias_pgau = $this->_escape('{'. $pk. '}');
// replace total pages number
$pnbu = $this->UTF8ToUTF16BE($pnbs, false); // replacement for unicode font
$this->_out('<</Type /Page');
$this->_out('/Parent 1 0 R');
$this->_out('/Resources 2 0 R');
$this->_out('/Contents '. ($this->n + 1). ' 0 R>>');
$this->_out('<<'. $filter. '/Length '. strlen($p). '>>');
// remove temporary files
$this->_out('<</Type /Pages');
$this->_out($page_obj. ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/Count '. $nb);
* Output referencees to page annotations
* @param int $n page number
* @since 4.7.000 (2008-08-29)
$this->_out('/Annots [');
for ($i = 0; $i < $num_annots; ++ $i) {
// set reference for signature object
* Output annotations objects for all pages.
* !!! THIS FUNCTION IS NOT YET COMPLETED !!!
* See section 12.5 of PDF 32000_2008 reference.
* @since 4.0.018 (2008-08-06)
for ($n= 1; $n <= $this->numpages; ++ $n) {
// create annotation object for grouping radiobuttons
$annots .= ' /Type /Annot';
$annots .= ' /Subtype /Widget';
$annots .= ' '. $data['kid']. ' 0 R';
if ($data['def'] !== 'Off') {
$annots .= ' /V /'. $defval;
// store object id to be used on Parent entry of Kids
$a = $pl['x'] * $this->k;
$b = $this->pagedim[$n]['h'] - (($pl['y'] + $pl['h']) * $this->k);
$c = $pl['w'] * $this->k;
$d = $pl['h'] * $this->k;
$rect = sprintf('%.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F', $a, $b, $a+ $c, $b+ $d);
// create new annotation object
$annots = '<</Type /Annot';
$annots .= ' /Subtype /'. $pl['opt']['subtype'];
$annots .= ' /Rect ['. $rect. ']';
$ft = array('Btn', 'Tx', 'Ch', 'Sig');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['ft']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['ft'], $ft)) {
$annots .= ' /FT /'. $pl['opt']['ft'];
$annots .= ' /Contents '. $this->_textstring($pl['txt']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['f'])) {
foreach ($pl['opt']['f'] as $f) {
$val = intval($pl['opt']['f']);
$annots .= ' /F '. intval($val);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['as']) AND is_string($pl['opt']['as'])) {
$annots .= ' /AS /'. $pl['opt']['as'];
if (isset ($pl['opt']['ap'])) {
foreach ($pl['opt']['ap'] as $apmode => $apdef) {
// $apmode can be: n = normal; r = rollover; d = down;
foreach ($apdef as $apstate => $stream) {
// reference to XObject that define the appearance for this mode-state
$annots .= ' /'. $apstate. ' '. $apsobjid. ' 0 R';
// reference to XObject that define the appearance for this mode
$annots .= ' '. $apsobjid. ' 0 R';
$annots .= $pl['opt']['ap'];
if (isset ($pl['opt']['bs']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['bs']))) {
$annots .= ' /Type /Border';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['bs']['w'])) {
$annots .= ' /W '. intval($pl['opt']['bs']['w']);
$bstyles = array('S', 'D', 'B', 'I', 'U');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['bs']['s']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['bs']['s'], $bstyles)) {
$annots .= ' /S /'. $pl['opt']['bs']['s'];
if (isset ($pl['opt']['bs']['d']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['bs']['d']))) {
foreach ($pl['opt']['bs']['d'] as $cord) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['border']) AND (count($pl['opt']['border']) >= 3)) {
$annots .= intval($pl['opt']['border'][0]). ' ';
$annots .= intval($pl['opt']['border'][1]). ' ';
$annots .= intval($pl['opt']['border'][2]);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['border'][3]) AND is_array($pl['opt']['border'][3])) {
foreach ($pl['opt']['border'][3] as $dash) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['be']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['be']))) {
$bstyles = array('S', 'C');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['be']['s']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['be']['s'], $markups)) {
$annots .= ' /S /'. $pl['opt']['bs']['s'];
if (isset ($pl['opt']['be']['i']) AND ($pl['opt']['be']['i'] >= 0) AND ($pl['opt']['be']['i'] <= 2)) {
$annots .= ' /I '. sprintf(" %.4F", $pl['opt']['be']['i']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['c']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['c'])) AND !empty($pl['opt']['c'])) {
foreach ($pl['opt']['c'] as $col) {
$color = $col <= 0 ? 0 : ($col >= 255 ? 1 : $col / 255);
$annots .= sprintf(" %.4F", $color);
//$annots .= ' /StructParent ';
$markups = array('text', 'freetext', 'line', 'square', 'circle', 'polygon', 'polyline', 'highlight', 'underline', 'squiggly', 'strikeout', 'stamp', 'caret', 'ink', 'fileattachment', 'sound');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['t']) AND is_string($pl['opt']['t'])) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['ca'])) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['rc'])) {
$annots .= ' /RC '. $this->_textstring($pl['opt']['rc']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['subj'])) {
$annots .= ' /Subj '. $this->_textstring($pl['opt']['subj']);
//$annots .= ' /ExData ';
$lineendings = array('Square', 'Circle', 'Diamond', 'OpenArrow', 'ClosedArrow', 'None', 'Butt', 'ROpenArrow', 'RClosedArrow', 'Slash');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['open'])) {
$annots .= ' /Open '. (strtolower($pl['opt']['open']) == 'true' ? 'true' : 'false');
$iconsapp = array('Comment', 'Help', 'Insert', 'Key', 'NewParagraph', 'Note', 'Paragraph');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['name']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['name'], $iconsapp)) {
$annots .= ' /Name /'. $pl['opt']['name'];
$annots .= ' /Name /Note';
$statemodels = array('Marked', 'Review');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['statemodel']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['statemodel'], $statemodels)) {
$annots .= ' /StateModel /'. $pl['opt']['statemodel'];
$pl['opt']['statemodel'] = 'Marked';
$annots .= ' /StateModel /'. $pl['opt']['statemodel'];
if ($pl['opt']['statemodel'] == 'Marked') {
$states = array('Accepted', 'Unmarked');
$states = array('Accepted', 'Rejected', 'Cancelled', 'Completed', 'None');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['state']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['state'], $states)) {
$annots .= ' /State /'. $pl['opt']['state'];
if ($pl['opt']['statemodel'] == 'Marked') {
$annots .= ' /State /Unmarked';
$annots .= ' /State /None';
$l = $this->links[$pl['txt']];
$annots .= sprintf(' /Dest [%d 0 R /XYZ 0 %.2F null]', (1 + (2 * $l[0])), ($this->pagedim[$l[0]]['h'] - ($l[1] * $this->k)));
$hmodes = array('N', 'I', 'O', 'P');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['h']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['h'], $hmodes)) {
$annots .= ' /H /'. $pl['opt']['h'];
//$annots .= ' /Quadpoints ';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['da']) AND !empty($pl['opt']['da'])) {
$annots .= ' /DA ('. $pl['opt']['da']. ')';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['q']) AND ($pl['opt']['q'] >= 0) AND ($pl['opt']['q'] <= 2)) {
$annots .= ' /Q '. intval($pl['opt']['q']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['rc'])) {
$annots .= ' /RC '. $this->_textstring($pl['opt']['rc']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['ds'])) {
$annots .= ' /DS '. $this->_textstring($pl['opt']['ds']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['cl']) AND is_array($pl['opt']['cl'])) {
foreach ($pl['opt']['cl'] as $cl) {
$annots .= sprintf("%.4F ", $cl * $this->k);
$tfit = array('FreeText', 'FreeTextCallout', 'FreeTextTypeWriter');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['it']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['it'], $tfit)) {
$annots .= ' /IT '. $pl['opt']['it'];
if (isset ($pl['opt']['rd']) AND is_array($pl['opt']['rd'])) {
$l = $pl['opt']['rd'][0] * $this->k;
$r = $pl['opt']['rd'][1] * $this->k;
$t = $pl['opt']['rd'][2] * $this->k;
$b = $pl['opt']['rd'][3] * $this->k;
$annots .= ' /RD ['. sprintf('%.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F', $l, $r, $t, $b). ']';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['le']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['le'], $lineendings)) {
$annots .= ' /LE /'. $pl['opt']['le'];
if (!isset ($pl['opt']['fs'])) {
$annots .= ' /FS <</Type /Filespec /F '. $this->_datastring($filename). ' /EF <</F '. $this->embeddedfiles[$filename]['n']. ' 0 R>> >>';
$iconsapp = array('Graph', 'Paperclip', 'PushPin', 'Tag');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['name']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['name'], $iconsapp)) {
$annots .= ' /Name /'. $pl['opt']['name'];
$annots .= ' /Name /PushPin';
if (!isset ($pl['opt']['sound'])) {
$filename = basename($pl['opt']['sound']);
$annots .= ' /Sound <</Type /Sound';
// ... TO BE COMPLETED ...
// $annots .= ' /F '.$this->_datastring($filename).' /EF <</F '.$this->embeddedfiles[$filename]['n'].' 0 R>> >>';
$iconsapp = array('Speaker', 'Mic');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['name']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['name'], $iconsapp)) {
$annots .= ' /Name /'. $pl['opt']['name'];
$annots .= ' /Name /Speaker';
$hmode = array('N', 'I', 'O', 'P', 'T');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['h']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['h'], $hmode)) {
$annots .= ' /H /'. $pl['opt']['h'];
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['mk'])) AND !empty($pl['opt']['mk'])) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['r'])) {
$annots .= ' /R '. $pl['opt']['mk']['r'];
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['bc']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['mk']['bc']))) {
foreach($pl['opt']['mk']['bc'] AS $col) {
$color = $col <= 0 ? 0 : ($col >= 255 ? 1 : $col / 255);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['bg']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['mk']['bg']))) {
foreach($pl['opt']['mk']['bg'] AS $col) {
$color = $col <= 0 ? 0 : ($col >= 255 ? 1 : $col / 255);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['ca'])) {
$annots .= ' /CA '. $pl['opt']['mk']['ca']. '';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['rc'])) {
$annots .= ' /RC '. $pl['opt']['mk']['ca']. '';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['ac'])) {
$annots .= ' /AC '. $pl['opt']['mk']['ca']. '';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['i'])) {
$annots .= ' /I '. $info['n']. ' 0 R';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['ri'])) {
$annots .= ' /RI '. $info['n']. ' 0 R';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['ix'])) {
$annots .= ' /IX '. $info['n']. ' 0 R';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['if']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['mk']['if'])) AND !empty($pl['opt']['mk']['if'])) {
$if_sw = array('A', 'B', 'S', 'N');
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['if']['sw']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['mk']['if']['sw'], $if_sw)) {
$annots .= ' /SW /'. $pl['opt']['mk']['if']['sw'];
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['if']['s']) AND in_array($pl['opt']['mk']['if']['s'], $if_s)) {
$annots .= ' /S /'. $pl['opt']['mk']['if']['s'];
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['if']['a']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['mk']['if']['a'])) AND !empty($pl['opt']['mk']['if']['a'])) {
$annots .= ' /A ['. $pl['opt']['mk']['if']['a'][0]. ' '. $pl['opt']['mk']['if']['a'][1]. ']';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['if']['fb']) AND ($pl['opt']['mk']['if']['fb'])) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['mk']['tp']) AND ($pl['opt']['mk']['tp'] >= 0) AND ($pl['opt']['mk']['tp'] <= 6)) {
$annots .= ' /TP '. $pl['opt']['mk']['tp'];
// --- Entries for field dictionaries ---
if (isset ($pl['opt']['t']) AND is_string($pl['opt']['t'])) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['tu']) AND is_string($pl['opt']['tu'])) {
$annots .= ' /TU '. $this->_datastring($pl['opt']['tu']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['tm']) AND is_string($pl['opt']['tm'])) {
$annots .= ' /TM '. $this->_datastring($pl['opt']['tm']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['ff'])) {
foreach($pl['opt']['ff'] as $val) {
$flag += 1 << ($val - 1);
$flag = intval($pl['opt']['ff']);
$annots .= ' /Ff '. $flag;
if (isset ($pl['opt']['maxlen'])) {
$annots .= ' /MaxLen '. intval($pl['opt']['maxlen']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['v'])) {
foreach ($pl['opt']['v'] AS $optval) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['dv']) AND is_string($pl['opt']['dv'])) {
foreach ($pl['opt']['dv'] AS $optval) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['rv']) AND is_string($pl['opt']['rv'])) {
foreach ($pl['opt']['rv'] AS $optval) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['a']) AND !empty($pl['opt']['a'])) {
$annots .= ' /A << '. $pl['opt']['a']. ' >>';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['aa']) AND !empty($pl['opt']['aa'])) {
$annots .= ' /AA << '. $pl['opt']['aa']. ' >>';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['da']) AND !empty($pl['opt']['da'])) {
$annots .= ' /DA ('. $pl['opt']['da']. ')';
if (isset ($pl['opt']['q']) AND ($pl['opt']['q'] >= 0) AND ($pl['opt']['q'] <= 2)) {
$annots .= ' /Q '. intval($pl['opt']['q']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['opt']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['opt'])) AND !empty($pl['opt']['opt'])) {
foreach($pl['opt']['opt'] AS $copt) {
if (isset ($pl['opt']['ti'])) {
$annots .= ' /TI '. intval($pl['opt']['ti']);
if (isset ($pl['opt']['i']) AND (is_array($pl['opt']['i'])) AND !empty($pl['opt']['i'])) {
foreach($pl['opt']['i'] AS $copt) {
// create new annotation object
// store reference of form object
* Put appearance streams XObject used to define annotation's appearance states
* @param int $w annotation width
* @param int $h annotation height
* @param string $stream appearance stream
* @since 4.8.001 (2009-09-09)
$this->_out('/Type /XObject');
$this->_out('/Subtype /Form');
$this->_out('/FormType 1');
$this->_out('/Filter /FlateDecode');
$rect = sprintf('%.2F %.2F', $w, $h);
$this->_out('/BBox [0 0 '. $rect. ']');
$this->_out('/Matrix [1 0 0 1 0 0]');
$this->_out('/Resources <</ProcSet [/PDF]>>');
foreach ($this->diffs as $diff) {
$this->_out('<</Type /Encoding /BaseEncoding /WinAnsiEncoding /Differences ['. $diff. ']>>');
foreach ($this->FontFiles as $file => $info) {
// search and get font file to embedd
$fontdir = $info['fontdir'];
// search files on various directories
$fontfile = $fontdir. $file;
$compressed = (substr($file, - 2) == '.z');
if ((!$compressed) AND (isset ($info['length2']))) {
$header = (ord($font{0}) == 128);
//Strip first binary header
if ($header AND (ord($font{$info['length1']}) == 128)) {
//Strip second binary header
$font = substr($font, 0, $info['length1']). substr($font, ($info['length1'] + 6));
$this->_out('/Filter /FlateDecode');
$this->_out('/Length1 '. $info['length1']);
if (isset ($info['length2'])) {
$this->_out('/Length2 '. $info['length2']. ' /Length3 0');
$this->_out('<</Type /Font');
$this->_out('/Subtype /Type1');
$this->_out('/BaseFont /'. $name);
$this->_out('/Name /F'. $font['i']);
$this->_out('/Encoding /WinAnsiEncoding');
// add default font for annotations
} elseif (($type == 'Type1') OR ($type == 'TrueType')) {
//Additional Type1 or TrueType font
$this->_out('<</Type /Font');
$this->_out('/Subtype /'. $type);
$this->_out('/BaseFont /'. $name);
$this->_out('/Name /F'. $font['i']);
$this->_out('/FirstChar 32 /LastChar 255');
$this->_out('/Widths '. ($this->n + 1). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/FontDescriptor '. ($this->n + 2). ' 0 R');
if (isset ($font['diff'])) {
$this->_out('/Encoding '. ($nf + $font['diff']). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/Encoding /WinAnsiEncoding');
for ($i = 32; $i < 256; ++ $i) {
$s = '<</Type /FontDescriptor /FontName /'. $name;
foreach ($font['desc'] as $fdk => $fdv) {
$s .= ' /'. $fdk. ' '. $fdv. '';
$s .= ' /FontFile'. ($type == 'Type1' ? '' : '2'). ' '. $this->FontFiles[$font['file']]['n']. ' 0 R';
//Allow for additional types
$this->Error('Unsupported font type: '. $type);
$obj_id = $this->$mtd($font);
// store object ID for current font
* @parameter array $font font data
* @parameter int $cidoffset offset for CID values
* @since 4.4.000 (2008-12-07)
foreach ($font['cw'] as $cid => $width) {
if ($width != $font['dw']) {
if ($cid == ($prevcid + 1)) {
if ($width == $prevwidth) {
if ($width == $range[$rangeid][0]) {
$range[$rangeid][] = $width;
$range[$rangeid] = array();
$range[$rangeid][] = $prevwidth;
$range[$rangeid][] = $width;
$range[$rangeid]['interval'] = true;
$range[$rangeid] = array();
$range[$rangeid][] = $width;
$range[$rangeid][] = $width;
$range[$rangeid] = array();
$range[$rangeid][] = $width;
foreach ($range as $k => $ws) {
if (($k == $nextk) AND (!$prevint) AND ((!isset ($ws['interval'])) OR ($cws < 4))) {
if (isset ($range[$k]['interval'])) {
unset ($range[$k]['interval']);
$range[$prevk] = array_merge($range[$prevk], $range[$k]);
if (isset ($ws['interval'])) {
unset ($range[$k]['interval']);
foreach ($range as $k => $ws) {
// interval mode is more compact
$w .= ' '. $k. ' '. ($k + count($ws) - 1). ' '. $ws[0];
$w .= ' '. $k. ' [ '. implode(' ', $ws). ' ]';
$this->_out('/W ['. $w. ' ]');
* Adds unicode fonts.<br>
* Based on PDF Reference 1.3 (section 5)
* @parameter array $font font data
* @return int font object ID
* @since 1.52.0.TC005 (2005-01-05)
// A composite font composed of other fonts, organized hierarchically
$this->_out('<</Type /Font');
$this->_out('/Subtype /Type0');
$this->_out('/BaseFont /'. $font['name']. '');
$this->_out('/Name /F'. $font['i']);
$this->_out('/Encoding /'. $font['enc']);
$this->_out('/ToUnicode /Identity-H');
$this->_out('/DescendantFonts ['. ($this->n + 1). ' 0 R]');
// A CIDFont whose glyph descriptions are based on TrueType font technology
$this->_out('<</Type /Font');
$this->_out('/Subtype /CIDFontType2');
$this->_out('/BaseFont /'. $font['name']. '');
// A dictionary containing entries that define the character collection of the CIDFont.
$cidinfo = '/Registry '. $this->_datastring($font['cidinfo']['Registry']);
$cidinfo .= ' /Ordering '. $this->_datastring($font['cidinfo']['Ordering']);
$cidinfo .= ' /Supplement '. $font['cidinfo']['Supplement'];
$this->_out('/CIDSystemInfo <<'. $cidinfo. '>>');
$this->_out('/FontDescriptor '. ($this->n + 1). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/DW '. $font['dw']. ''); // default width
$this->_out('/CIDToGIDMap '. ($this->n + 2). ' 0 R');
// A font descriptor describing the CIDFont default metrics other than its glyph widths
$this->_out('<</Type /FontDescriptor');
$this->_out('/FontName /'. $font['name']);
foreach ($font['desc'] as $key => $value) {
$this->_out('/'. $key. ' '. $value);
// A stream containing a TrueType font
$this->_out('/FontFile2 '. $this->FontFiles[$font['file']]['n']. ' 0 R');
$fontdir = $this->FontFiles[$font['file']]['fontdir'];
if (isset ($font['ctg']) AND (!$this->empty_string($font['ctg']))) {
// A specification of the mapping from CIDs to glyph indices
// search and get CTG font file to embedd
// search and get ctg font file to embedd
// search files on various directories
$fontfile = $fontdir. $ctgfile;
$this->Error('Font file not found: '. $ctgfile);
$this->_out('<</Length '. $size. '');
if (substr($fontfile, - 2) == '.z') { // check file extension
// Decompresses data encoded using the public-domain
// zlib/deflate compression method, reproducing the
// original text or binary data
$this->_out('/Filter /FlateDecode');
* A Type 0 CIDFont contains glyph descriptions based on the Adobe Type 1 font format
* @param array $font font data
* @return int font object ID
* @author Andrew Whitehead, Nicola Asuni, Yukihiro Nakadaira
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-06-23)
if (!isset ($font['cw'][1])) {
if (isset ($font['cidinfo']['uni2cid'])) {
// convert unicode to cid.
$uni2cid = $font['cidinfo']['uni2cid'];
foreach ($font['cw'] as $uni => $width) {
if (isset ($uni2cid[$uni])) {
$cw[($uni2cid[$uni] + $cidoffset)] = $width;
} // else unknown character
$longname = $name. '-'. $enc;
$this->_out('<</Type /Font');
$this->_out('/Subtype /Type0');
$this->_out('/BaseFont /'. $longname);
$this->_out('/Name /F'. $font['i']);
$this->_out('/Encoding /'. $enc);
$this->_out('/DescendantFonts ['. ($this->n + 1). ' 0 R]');
$this->_out('<</Type /Font');
$this->_out('/Subtype /CIDFontType0');
$this->_out('/BaseFont /'. $name);
$cidinfo = '/Registry '. $this->_datastring($font['cidinfo']['Registry']);
$cidinfo .= ' /Ordering '. $this->_datastring($font['cidinfo']['Ordering']);
$cidinfo .= ' /Supplement '. $font['cidinfo']['Supplement'];
$this->_out('/CIDSystemInfo <<'. $cidinfo. '>>');
$this->_out('/FontDescriptor '. ($this->n + 1). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/DW '. $font['dw']);
$s = '<</Type /FontDescriptor /FontName /'. $name;
foreach ($font['desc'] as $k => $v) {
$filter = ($this->compress) ? '/Filter /FlateDecode ' : '';
$this->_out('<</Type /XObject');
$this->_out('/Subtype /Image');
$this->_out('/Width '. $info['w']);
$this->_out('/Height '. $info['h']);
if (isset ($info['masked'])) {
$this->_out('/SMask '. ($this->n - 1). ' 0 R');
if ($info['cs'] == 'Indexed') {
$this->_out('/ColorSpace [/Indexed /DeviceRGB '. ((strlen($info['pal']) / 3) - 1). ' '. ($this->n + 1). ' 0 R]');
$this->_out('/ColorSpace /'. $info['cs']);
if ($info['cs'] == 'DeviceCMYK') {
$this->_out('/Decode [1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0]');
$this->_out('/BitsPerComponent '. $info['bpc']);
$this->_out('/Filter /'. $info['f']);
if (isset ($info['parms'])) {
$this->_out($info['parms']);
if (isset ($info['trns']) AND is_array($info['trns'])) {
$count_info = count($info['trns']);
for ($i= 0; $i < $count_info; ++ $i) {
$trns .= $info['trns'][$i]. ' '. $info['trns'][$i]. ' ';
$this->_out('/Mask ['. $trns. ']');
$this->_out('/Length '. strlen($info['data']). '>>');
if ($info['cs'] == 'Indexed') {
$this->_out('<<'. $filter. '/Length '. strlen($pal). '>>');
* Output Spot Colors Resources.
* @since 4.0.024 (2008-09-12)
$this->_out('/DeviceCMYK <<');
$this->_out('/Range [0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1] /C0 [0 0 0 0] ');
$this->_out(sprintf('/C1 [%.4F %.4F %.4F %.4F] ', $color['c']/ 100, $color['m']/ 100, $color['y']/ 100, $color['k']/ 100));
$this->_out('/FunctionType 2 /Domain [0 1] /N 1>>]');
* Output object dictionary for images.
$this->_out('/I'. $info['i']. ' '. $info['n']. ' 0 R');
* Output Resources Dictionary.
$this->_out('/ProcSet [/PDF /Text /ImageB /ImageC /ImageI]');
$this->_out('/F'. $font['i']. ' '. $font['n']. ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/XObject <<');
$this->_out('/ExtGState <<');
$this->_out('/GS'. $k. ' '. $extgstate['n']. ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/Shading <<');
$this->_out('/Sh'. $id. ' '. $grad['id']. ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/ColorSpace <<');
$this->_out('/CS'. $color['i']. ' '. $color['n']. ' 0 R');
* Adds some Metadata information
* (see Chapter 10.2 of PDF Reference)
$this->_out('/Type /Catalog');
$this->_out('/Pages 1 0 R');
$this->_out('/OpenAction [3 0 R /Fit]');
} elseif ($this->ZoomMode == 'fullwidth') {
$this->_out('/OpenAction [3 0 R /FitH null]');
$this->_out('/OpenAction [3 0 R /XYZ null null 1]');
$this->_out('/OpenAction [3 0 R /XYZ null null '. ($this->ZoomMode / 100). ']');
if (isset ($this->l['a_meta_language'])) {
$this->_out('/Lang /'. $this->l['a_meta_language']);
$this->_out('/Names <<');
$this->_out('/JavaScript '. ($this->n_js). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/PageMode /UseOutlines');
$as = '<</Event /Print /OCGs ['. $p. ' '. $v. '] /Category [/Print]>> <</Event /View /OCGs ['. $p. ' '. $v. '] /Category [/View]>>';
$this->_out('/OCProperties <</OCGs ['. $p. ' '. $v. '] /D <</ON ['. $p. '] /OFF ['. $v. '] /AS ['. $as. ']>>>>');
$this->_out('/AcroForm<<');
$objrefs .= ' '. $objid. ' 0 R';
$this->_out('/Fields ['. $objrefs. ']');
$this->_out('/NeedAppearances '. (empty($this->form_obj_id)? 'false': 'true'));
$this->_out('/SigFlags 3');
$this->_out('/Q '. (($this->rtl)? '2': '0'));
* Output viewer preferences.
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
$this->_out('/ViewerPreferences<<');
$this->_out('/Direction /R2L');
$this->_out('/Direction /L2R');
$this->_out('/HideToolbar true');
$this->_out('/HideMenubar true');
$this->_out('/HideWindowUI true');
$this->_out('/FitWindow true');
$this->_out('/CenterWindow true');
$this->_out('/DisplayDocTitle true');
$this->_out('/PickTrayByPDFSize true');
$this->_out('/PickTrayByPDFSize false');
$PrintPageRangeNum .= ' '. ($v - 1). '';
$this->_out('/PrintPageRange ['. substr($PrintPageRangeNum,1). ']');
$this->_out('/Size '. ($this->n + 1));
$this->_out('/Root '. $this->n. ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/Info '. ($this->n - 1). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/ID [()()]');
* Output end of document (EOF).
// widget annotation for signature
// --- replace signature ID on the first page ---
// get the document content
// Remove the original buffer
// remove buffer file from cache
$this->_out('/Type /Annot /Subtype /Widget /Rect [0 0 0 0]');
$this->_out('/P 3 0 R'); // link to first page object
$this->_out('0 '. ($this->n + 1));
$this->_out('0000000000 65535 f ');
for ($i= 1; $i <= $this->n; ++ $i) {
// Appearance streams XObjects
$this->_out('startxref');
$this->state = 3; // end-of-doc
// remove temporary files used for images
// remove temporary files
// remove temporary files
* @param string $orientation page orientation. Possible values are (case insensitive):<ul><li>P or PORTRAIT (default)</li><li>L or LANDSCAPE</li></ul>
* @param mixed $format The format used for pages. It can be either one of the following values (case insensitive) or a custom format in the form of a two-element array containing the width and the height (expressed in the unit given by unit).<ul><li>4A0</li><li>2A0</li><li>A0</li><li>A1</li><li>A2</li><li>A3</li><li>A4 (default)</li><li>A5</li><li>A6</li><li>A7</li><li>A8</li><li>A9</li><li>A10</li><li>B0</li><li>B1</li><li>B2</li><li>B3</li><li>B4</li><li>B5</li><li>B6</li><li>B7</li><li>B8</li><li>B9</li><li>B10</li><li>C0</li><li>C1</li><li>C2</li><li>C3</li><li>C4</li><li>C5</li><li>C6</li><li>C7</li><li>C8</li><li>C9</li><li>C10</li><li>RA0</li><li>RA1</li><li>RA2</li><li>RA3</li><li>RA4</li><li>SRA0</li><li>SRA1</li><li>SRA2</li><li>SRA3</li><li>SRA4</li><li>LETTER</li><li>LEGAL</li><li>EXECUTIVE</li><li>FOLIO</li></ul>
protected function _beginpage($orientation= '', $format= '') {
// initialize array for graphics tranformation positions inside a page buffer
* Begin a new object and return the object number.
* @return int object number
$this->_out($this->n. ' 0 obj');
* @param int $x X coordinate
* @param int $y Y coordinate
* @param string $txt text to underline
* @param int $x X coordinate
* @param int $y Y coordinate
* @param string $txt text to linethrough
* Underline for rectangular text area.
* @param int $x X coordinate
* @param int $y Y coordinate
* @param int $w width to underline
* @since 4.8.008 (2009-09-29)
return sprintf('%.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F re f', $x * $this->k, ($this->h - ($y - $up / 1000 * $this->FontSize)) * $this->k, $w * $this->k, - $ut / 1000 * $this->FontSizePt);
* Line through for rectangular text area.
* @param int $x X coordinate
* @param int $y Y coordinate
* @param string $txt text to linethrough
* @since 4.8.008 (2009-09-29)
return sprintf('%.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F re f', $x * $this->k, ($this->h - ($y - ($this->FontSize/ 2) - $up / 1000 * $this->FontSize)) * $this->k, $w * $this->k, - $ut / 1000 * $this->FontSizePt);
* Read a 4-byte integer from file.
* @param string $f file name.
* Add "\" before "\", "(" and ")"
* @param string $s string to escape.
* @return string escaped string.
// the chr(13) substitution fixes the Bugs item #1421290.
return strtr($s, array(')' => '\\)', '(' => '\\(', '\\' => '\\\\', chr(13) => '\r'));
* Format a data string for meta information
* @param string $s date string to escape.
* @return string escaped string.
return '('. $this->_escape($s). ')';
* Returns a formatted date for meta information
* @return string escaped date string.
* @since 4.6.028 (2009-08-25)
* Format a text string for meta information
* @param string $s string to escape.
* @return string escaped string.
//Convert string to UTF-16BE
* @param string $s string to escape.
* @return string escaped string.
//Convert string to UTF-16BE and reverse RTL language
* @param string $s string to output.
$this->_out('endstream');
* Output a string to the document.
* @param string $s string to output.
protected function _out($s) {
// puts data before page footer
// update footer position
* Converts UTF-8 strings to codepoints array.<br>
* Invalid byte sequences will be replaced with 0xFFFD (replacement character)<br>
* Based on: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3629.html
* Char. number range | UTF-8 octet sequence
* (hexadecimal) | (binary)
* --------------------+-----------------------------------------------
* 0000 0000-0000 007F | 0xxxxxxx
* 0000 0080-0000 07FF | 110xxxxx 10xxxxxx
* 0000 0800-0000 FFFF | 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx
* 0001 0000-0010 FFFF | 11110xxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
* UTF8-octets = *( UTF8-char )
* UTF8-char = UTF8-1 / UTF8-2 / UTF8-3 / UTF8-4
* UTF8-2 = %xC2-DF UTF8-tail
* UTF8-3 = %xE0 %xA0-BF UTF8-tail / %xE1-EC 2( UTF8-tail ) /
* %xED %x80-9F UTF8-tail / %xEE-EF 2( UTF8-tail )
* UTF8-4 = %xF0 %x90-BF 2( UTF8-tail ) / %xF1-F3 3( UTF8-tail ) /
* %xF4 %x80-8F 2( UTF8-tail )
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
* @param string $str string to process.
* @return array containing codepoints (UTF-8 characters values)
* @since 1.53.0.TC005 (2005-01-05)
// split string into array of equivalent codes
for ($i= 0; $i < $strlen; ++ $i) {
$strarr[] = ord($str{$i});
// insert new value on cache
$unicode = array(); // array containing unicode values
$bytes = array(); // array containing single character byte sequences
$numbytes = 1; // number of octetc needed to represent the UTF-8 character
$str .= ''; // force $str to be a string
for ($i = 0; $i < $length; ++ $i) {
$char = ord($str{$i}); // get one string character at time
if (count($bytes) == 0) { // get starting octect
$unicode[] = $char; // use the character "as is" because is ASCII
} elseif (($char >> 0x05) == 0x06) { // 2 bytes character (0x06 = 110 BIN)
$bytes[] = ($char - 0xC0) << 0x06;
} elseif (($char >> 0x04) == 0x0E) { // 3 bytes character (0x0E = 1110 BIN)
$bytes[] = ($char - 0xE0) << 0x0C;
} elseif (($char >> 0x03) == 0x1E) { // 4 bytes character (0x1E = 11110 BIN)
$bytes[] = ($char - 0xF0) << 0x12;
// use replacement character for other invalid sequences
} elseif (($char >> 0x06) == 0x02) { // bytes 2, 3 and 4 must start with 0x02 = 10 BIN
if (count($bytes) == $numbytes) {
// compose UTF-8 bytes to a single unicode value
for ($j = 1; $j < $numbytes; ++ $j) {
$char += ($bytes[$j] << (($numbytes - $j - 1) * 0x06));
if ((($char >= 0xD800) AND ($char <= 0xDFFF)) OR ($char >= 0x10FFFF)) {
/* The definition of UTF-8 prohibits encoding character numbers between
U+D800 and U+DFFF, which are reserved for use with the UTF-16
encoding form (as surrogate pairs) and do not directly represent
$unicode[] = 0xFFFD; // use replacement character
$unicode[] = $char; // add char to array
// reset data for next char
// use replacement character for other invalid sequences
// insert new value on cache
* Converts UTF-8 strings to UTF16-BE.<br>
* @param string $str string to process.
* @param boolean $setbom if true set the Byte Order Mark (BOM = 0xFEFF)
* @since 1.53.0.TC005 (2005-01-05)
* @uses UTF8StringToArray(), arrUTF8ToUTF16BE()
return $str; // string is not in unicode
* Converts UTF-8 strings to Latin1 when using the standard 14 core fonts.<br>
* @param string $str string to process.
* @author Andrew Whitehead, Nicola Asuni
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-06-23)
return $str; // string is not in unicode
$outstr = ''; // string to be returned
foreach ($unicode as $char) {
$outstr .= chr($utf8tolatin[$char]);
} elseif ($char == 0xFFFD) {
* Converts array of UTF-8 characters to UTF16-BE string.<br>
* Based on: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2781.html
* Encoding of a single character from an ISO 10646 character value to
* UTF-16 proceeds as follows. Let U be the character number, no greater
* 1) If U < 0x10000, encode U as a 16-bit unsigned integer and
* 2) Let U' = U - 0x10000. Because U is less than or equal to 0x10FFFF,
* U' must be less than or equal to 0xFFFFF. That is, U' can be
* represented in 20 bits.
* 3) Initialize two 16-bit unsigned integers, W1 and W2, to 0xD800 and
* 0xDC00, respectively. These integers each have 10 bits free to
* encode the character value, for a total of 20 bits.
* 4) Assign the 10 high-order bits of the 20-bit U' to the 10 low-order
* bits of W1 and the 10 low-order bits of U' to the 10 low-order
* Graphically, steps 2 through 4 look like:
* U' = yyyyyyyyyyxxxxxxxxxx
* @param array $unicode array containing UTF-8 unicode values
* @param boolean $setbom if true set the Byte Order Mark (BOM = 0xFEFF)
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
$outstr = ''; // string to be returned
$outstr .= "\xFE\xFF"; // Byte Order Mark (BOM)
foreach ($unicode as $char) {
$outstr .= "\xFF\xFD"; // replacement character
} elseif ($char < 0x10000) {
$outstr .= chr($char >> 0x08);
$outstr .= chr($char & 0xFF);
$w1 = 0xD800 | ($char >> 0x10);
$w2 = 0xDC00 | ($char & 0x3FF);
$outstr .= chr($w1 >> 0x08);
$outstr .= chr($w1 & 0xFF);
$outstr .= chr($w2 >> 0x08);
$outstr .= chr($w2 & 0xFF);
// ====================================================
* @param array $font font
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
* @param array $font font
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
if (isset ($this->l['a_meta_dir'])) {
$this->rtl = $this->l['a_meta_dir']== 'rtl' ? true : false;
* @param string $url link URL or internal link (i.e.: <a href="#23">link to page 23</a>)
* @param string $name link name
* @param int $fill Indicates if the cell background must be painted (1) or transparent (0). Default value: 0.
* @param boolean $firstline if true prints only the first line and return the remaining string.
* @param array $color array of RGB text color
* @param string $style font style (U, D, B, I)
* @return the number of cells used or the remaining text if $firstline = true;
public function addHtmlLink($url, $name, $fill= 0, $firstline= false, $color= '', $style=- 1) {
// convert url to internal link
// store current settings
$ret = $this->Write($this->lasth, $name, $url, $fill, '', false, 0, $firstline);
* Returns an associative array (keys: R,G,B) from an html color name or a six-digit or three-digit hexadecimal color representation (i.e. #3FE5AA or #7FF).
* @param string $color html color
* @return array RGB color or false in case of error.
$color = preg_replace('/[\s]*/', '', $color); // remove extra spaces
if (($dotpos = strpos($color, '.')) !== false) {
// remove class parent (i.e.: color.red)
$color = substr($color, ($dotpos + 1));
if (substr($color, 0, 3) == 'rgb') {
$returncolor = explode(',', $codes, 3);
if (substr($color, 0, 1) != '#') {
if (isset ($webcolor[$color])) {
$color_code = $webcolor[$color];
$color_code = substr($color, 1);
switch (strlen($color_code)) {
// three-digit hexadecimal representation
$r = substr($color_code, 0, 1);
$g = substr($color_code, 1, 1);
$b = substr($color_code, 2, 1);
$returncolor['R'] = hexdec($r. $r);
$returncolor['G'] = hexdec($g. $g);
$returncolor['B'] = hexdec($b. $b);
// six-digit hexadecimal representation
* Converts pixels to User's Units.
* @return float value in user's unit
* @see setImageScale(), getImageScale()
* Reverse function for htmlentities.
* Convert entities in UTF-8.
* @param $text_to_convert Text to convert.
* @return string converted
// ENCRYPTION METHODS ----------------------------------
// SINCE 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* Compute encryption key depending on object number where the encrypted data is stored
* @param int $n object number
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* Put encryption on PDF document.
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
$this->_out('/Filter /Standard');
* Returns the input text exrypted using RC4 algorithm and the specified key.
* RC4 is the standard encryption algorithm used in PDF format
* @param string $key encryption key
* @param String $text input text to be encrypted
* @return String encrypted text
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* @author Klemen Vodopivec
protected function _RC4($key, $text) {
for ($i = 0; $i < 256; ++ $i) {
$j = ($j + $t + ord($k{$i})) % 256;
for ($i = 0; $i < $len; ++ $i) {
$k = $rc4[($rc4[$a] + $rc4[$b]) % 256];
$out .= chr(ord($text{$i}) ^ $k);
* Encrypts a string using MD5 and returns it's value as a binary string.
* @param string $str input string
* @return String MD5 encrypted binary string
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* @author Klemen Vodopivec
* Compute O value (used for RC4 encryption)
* @param String $user_pass user password
* @param String $owner_pass user password
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* @author Klemen Vodopivec
protected function _Ovalue($user_pass, $owner_pass) {
$tmp = $this->_md5_16($owner_pass);
$owner_RC4_key = substr($tmp, 0, 5);
return $this->_RC4($owner_RC4_key, $user_pass);
* Compute U value (used for RC4 encryption)
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* @author Klemen Vodopivec
* @param String $user_pass user password
* @param String $owner_pass user password
* @param String $protection protection type
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* @author Klemen Vodopivec
$tmp = $this->_md5_16($user_pass. $this->Ovalue. chr($protection). "\xFF\xFF\xFF");
$this->Pvalue = - (($protection^ 255) + 1);
* Set document protection
* The permission array is composed of values taken from the following ones:
* - copy: copy text and images to the clipboard
* - print: print the document
* - modify: modify it (except for annotations and forms)
* - annot-forms: add annotations and forms
* Remark: the protection against modification is for people who have the full Acrobat product.
* If you don't set any password, the document will open as usual. If you set a user password, the PDF viewer will ask for it before displaying the document. The master password, if different from the user one, can be used to get full access.
* Note: protecting a document requires to encrypt it, which increases the processing time a lot. This can cause a PHP time-out in some cases, especially if the document contains images or fonts.
* @param Array $permissions the set of permissions. Empty by default (only viewing is allowed). (print, modify, copy, annot-forms)
* @param String $user_pass user password. Empty by default.
* @param String $owner_pass owner password. If not specified, a random value is used.
* @since 2.0.000 (2008-01-02)
* @author Klemen Vodopivec
public function SetProtection($permissions= array(), $user_pass= '', $owner_pass= null) {
$options = array('print' => 4, 'modify' => 8, 'copy' => 16, 'annot-forms' => 32);
foreach ($permissions as $permission) {
if (!isset ($options[$permission])) {
$this->Error('Incorrect permission: '. $permission);
$protection += $options[$permission];
if ($owner_pass === null) {
// END OF ENCRYPTION FUNCTIONS -------------------------
// START TRANSFORMATIONS SECTION -----------------------
* Starts a 2D tranformation saving current graphic state.
* This function must be called before scaling, mirroring, translation, rotation and skewing.
* Use StartTransform() before, and StopTransform() after the transformations to restore the normal behavior.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
* Stops a 2D tranformation restoring previous graphic state.
* This function must be called after scaling, mirroring, translation, rotation and skewing.
* Use StartTransform() before, and StopTransform() after the transformations to restore the normal behavior.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
* @param float $s_x scaling factor for width as percent. 0 is not allowed.
* @param int $x abscissa of the scaling center. Default is current x position
* @param int $y ordinate of the scaling center. Default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
public function ScaleX($s_x, $x= '', $y= '') {
$this->Scale($s_x, 100, $x, $y);
* @param float $s_y scaling factor for height as percent. 0 is not allowed.
* @param int $x abscissa of the scaling center. Default is current x position
* @param int $y ordinate of the scaling center. Default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
public function ScaleY($s_y, $x= '', $y= '') {
$this->Scale(100, $s_y, $x, $y);
* Vertical and horizontal proportional Scaling.
* @param float $s scaling factor for width and height as percent. 0 is not allowed.
* @param int $x abscissa of the scaling center. Default is current x position
* @param int $y ordinate of the scaling center. Default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
public function ScaleXY($s, $x= '', $y= '') {
$this->Scale($s, $s, $x, $y);
* Vertical and horizontal non-proportional Scaling.
* @param float $s_x scaling factor for width as percent. 0 is not allowed.
* @param float $s_y scaling factor for height as percent. 0 is not allowed.
* @param int $x abscissa of the scaling center. Default is current x position
* @param int $y ordinate of the scaling center. Default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
public function Scale($s_x, $s_y, $x= '', $y= '') {
if (($s_x == 0) OR ($s_y == 0)) {
$this->Error('Please do not use values equal to zero for scaling');
$y = ($this->h - $y) * $this->k;
//calculate elements of transformation matrix
$tm[4] = $x * (1 - $s_x);
$tm[5] = $y * (1 - $s_y);
//scale the coordinate system
* @param int $x abscissa of the point. Default is current x position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
$this->Scale(- 100, 100, $x);
* @param int $y ordinate of the point. Default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
$this->Scale(100, - 100, '', $y);
* Point reflection mirroring.
* @param int $x abscissa of the point. Default is current x position
* @param int $y ordinate of the point. Default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
public function MirrorP($x= '',$y= '') {
$this->Scale(- 100, - 100, $x, $y);
* Reflection against a straight line through point (x, y) with the gradient angle (angle).
* @param float $angle gradient angle of the straight line. Default is 0 (horizontal line).
* @param int $x abscissa of the point. Default is current x position
* @param int $y ordinate of the point. Default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
public function MirrorL($angle= 0, $x= '',$y= '') {
$this->Scale(- 100, 100, $x, $y);
$this->Rotate(- 2* ($angle- 90), $x, $y);
* Translate graphic object horizontally.
* @param int $t_x movement to the right (or left for RTL)
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
* Translate graphic object vertically.
* @param int $t_y movement to the bottom
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
* Translate graphic object horizontally and vertically.
* @param int $t_x movement to the right
* @param int $t_y movement to the bottom
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
//calculate elements of transformation matrix
$tm[4] = $t_x * $this->k;
$tm[5] = - $t_y * $this->k;
//translate the coordinate system
* @param float $angle angle in degrees for counter-clockwise rotation
* @param int $x abscissa of the rotation center. Default is current x position
* @param int $y ordinate of the rotation center. Default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
public function Rotate($angle, $x= '', $y= '') {
$y = ($this->h - $y) * $this->k;
//calculate elements of transformation matrix
$tm[4] = $x + ($tm[1] * $y) - ($tm[0] * $x);
$tm[5] = $y - ($tm[0] * $y) - ($tm[1] * $x);
//rotate the coordinate system around ($x,$y)
* @param float $angle_x angle in degrees between -90 (skew to the left) and 90 (skew to the right)
* @param int $x abscissa of the skewing center. default is current x position
* @param int $y ordinate of the skewing center. default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
public function SkewX($angle_x, $x= '', $y= '') {
$this->Skew($angle_x, 0, $x, $y);
* @param float $angle_y angle in degrees between -90 (skew to the bottom) and 90 (skew to the top)
* @param int $x abscissa of the skewing center. default is current x position
* @param int $y ordinate of the skewing center. default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
public function SkewY($angle_y, $x= '', $y= '') {
$this->Skew(0, $angle_y, $x, $y);
* @param float $angle_x angle in degrees between -90 (skew to the left) and 90 (skew to the right)
* @param float $angle_y angle in degrees between -90 (skew to the bottom) and 90 (skew to the top)
* @param int $x abscissa of the skewing center. default is current x position
* @param int $y ordinate of the skewing center. default is current y position
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
public function Skew($angle_x, $angle_y, $x= '', $y= '') {
if (($angle_x <= - 90) OR ($angle_x >= 90) OR ($angle_y <= - 90) OR ($angle_y >= 90)) {
$this->Error('Please use values between -90 and +90 degrees for Skewing.');
$y = ($this->h - $y) * $this->k;
//calculate elements of transformation matrix
//skew the coordinate system
* Apply graphic transformations.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see StartTransform(), StopTransform()
$this->_out(sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F cm', $tm[0], $tm[1], $tm[2], $tm[3], $tm[4], $tm[5]));
// add tranformation matrix
$this->transfmatrix[$this->transfmatrix_key][] = array('a' => $tm[0], 'b' => $tm[1], 'c' => $tm[2], 'd' => $tm[3], 'e' => $tm[4], 'f' => $tm[5]);
// update tranformation mark
// END TRANSFORMATIONS SECTION -------------------------
// START GRAPHIC FUNCTIONS SECTION ---------------------
// The following section is based on the code provided by David Hernandez Sanz
* Defines the line width. By default, the value equals 0.2 mm. The method can be called before the first page is created and the value is retained from page to page.
* @param float $width The width.
* @see Line(), Rect(), Cell(), MultiCell()
* Returns the current the line width.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-07)
* @see Line(), SetLineWidth()
* @param array $style Line style. Array with keys among the following:
* <li>width (float): Width of the line in user units.</li>
* <li>cap (string): Type of cap to put on the line. Possible values are:
* butt, round, square. The difference between "square" and "butt" is that
* "square" projects a flat end past the end of the line.</li>
* <li>join (string): Type of join. Possible values are: miter, round,
* <li>dash (mixed): Dash pattern. Is 0 (without dash) or string with
* series of length values, which are the lengths of the on and off dashes.
* For example: "2" represents 2 on, 2 off, 2 on, 2 off, ...; "2,1" is 2 on,
* 1 off, 2 on, 1 off, ...</li>
* <li>phase (integer): Modifier on the dash pattern which is used to shift
* the point at which the pattern starts.</li>
* <li>color (array): Draw color. Format: array(GREY) or array(R,G,B) or array(C,M,Y,K).</li>
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
$ca = array('butt' => 0, 'round'=> 1, 'square' => 2);
$ja = array('miter' => 0, 'round' => 1, 'bevel' => 2);
foreach ($tab as $i => $v) {
$dash_string .= sprintf("%.2F", $v);
if (!isset ($phase) OR !$dash) {
* @param float $x Abscissa of point.
* @param float $y Ordinate of point.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
$this->_out(sprintf("%.2F %.2F m", $x * $this->k, ($this->h - $y) * $this->k));
* Draws a line from last draw point.
* @param float $x Abscissa of end point.
* @param float $y Ordinate of end point.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
$this->_out(sprintf("%.2F %.2F l", $x * $this->k, ($this->h - $y) * $this->k));
* @param float $x Abscissa of upper-left corner (or upper-right corner for RTL language).
* @param float $y Ordinate of upper-left corner (or upper-right corner for RTL language).
* @param float $h Height.
* @param string $op options
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
protected function _outRect($x, $y, $w, $h, $op) {
$this->_out(sprintf('%.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F re %s', $x* $this->k, ($this->h- $y)* $this->k, $w* $this->k, - $h* $this->k, $op));
* Draws a Bezier curve from last draw point.
* The Bezier curve is a tangent to the line between the control points at either end of the curve.
* @param float $x1 Abscissa of control point 1.
* @param float $y1 Ordinate of control point 1.
* @param float $x2 Abscissa of control point 2.
* @param float $y2 Ordinate of control point 2.
* @param float $x3 Abscissa of end point.
* @param float $y3 Ordinate of end point.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
protected function _outCurve($x1, $y1, $x2, $y2, $x3, $y3) {
$this->_out(sprintf("%.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F c", $x1 * $this->k, ($this->h - $y1) * $this->k, $x2 * $this->k, ($this->h - $y2) * $this->k, $x3 * $this->k, ($this->h - $y3) * $this->k));
* Draws a line between two points.
* @param float $x1 Abscissa of first point.
* @param float $y1 Ordinate of first point.
* @param float $x2 Abscissa of second point.
* @param float $y2 Ordinate of second point.
* @param array $style Line style. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}. Default value: default line style (empty array).
* @see SetLineWidth(), SetDrawColor(), SetLineStyle()
public function Line($x1, $y1, $x2, $y2, $style= array()) {
* @param float $x Abscissa of upper-left corner (or upper-right corner for RTL language).
* @param float $y Ordinate of upper-left corner (or upper-right corner for RTL language).
* @param float $h Height.
* @param string $style Style of rendering. Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $border_style Border style of rectangle. Array with keys among the following:
* <li>all: Line style of all borders. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}.</li>
* <li>L, T, R, B or combinations: Line style of left, top, right or bottom border. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}.</li>
* If a key is not present or is null, not draws the border. Default value: default line style (empty array).
* @param array $border_style Border style of rectangle. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}. Default value: default line style (empty array).
* @param array $fill_color Fill color. Format: array(GREY) or array(R,G,B) or array(C,M,Y,K). Default value: default color (empty array).
public function Rect($x, $y, $w, $h, $style= '', $border_style= array(), $fill_color= array()) {
if (!(false === strpos($style, 'F')) AND isset ($fill_color)) {
if ((!$border_style) OR (isset ($border_style['all']))) {
if (isset ($border_style['all'])) {
if ((!$border_style) OR (isset ($border_style['all']))) {
if (isset ($border_style['all']) AND $border_style['all']) {
$border_style2 = array();
foreach ($border_style as $line => $value) {
for ($i = 0; $i < $lenght; ++ $i) {
$border_style2[$line[$i]] = $value;
$border_style = $border_style2;
if (isset ($border_style['L']) AND $border_style['L']) {
$this->Line($x, $y, $x, $y + $h, $border_style['L']);
if (isset ($border_style['T']) AND $border_style['T']) {
$this->Line($x, $y, $x + $w, $y, $border_style['T']);
if (isset ($border_style['R']) AND $border_style['R']) {
$this->Line($x + $w, $y, $x + $w, $y + $h, $border_style['R']);
if (isset ($border_style['B']) AND $border_style['B']) {
$this->Line($x, $y + $h, $x + $w, $y + $h, $border_style['B']);
* The Bezier curve is a tangent to the line between the control points at
* either end of the curve.
* @param float $x0 Abscissa of start point.
* @param float $y0 Ordinate of start point.
* @param float $x1 Abscissa of control point 1.
* @param float $y1 Ordinate of control point 1.
* @param float $x2 Abscissa of control point 2.
* @param float $y2 Ordinate of control point 2.
* @param float $x3 Abscissa of end point.
* @param float $y3 Ordinate of end point.
* @param string $style Style of rendering. Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $line_style Line style of curve. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}. Default value: default line style (empty array).
* @param array $fill_color Fill color. Format: array(GREY) or array(R,G,B) or array(C,M,Y,K). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
public function Curve($x0, $y0, $x1, $y1, $x2, $y2, $x3, $y3, $style= '', $line_style= array(), $fill_color= array()) {
if (!(false === strpos($style, 'F')) AND isset ($fill_color)) {
$this->_outCurve($x1, $y1, $x2, $y2, $x3, $y3);
* Draws a poly-Bezier curve.
* Each Bezier curve segment is a tangent to the line between the control points at
* either end of the curve.
* @param float $x0 Abscissa of start point.
* @param float $y0 Ordinate of start point.
* @param float $segments An array of bezier descriptions. Format: array(x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3).
* @param string $style Style of rendering. Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $line_style Line style of curve. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}. Default value: default line style (empty array).
* @param array $fill_color Fill color. Format: array(GREY) or array(R,G,B) or array(C,M,Y,K). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @since 3.0008 (2008-05-12)
public function Polycurve($x0, $y0, $segments, $style= '', $line_style= array(), $fill_color= array()) {
if (!(false === strpos($style, 'F')) AND isset ($fill_color)) {
foreach ($segments as $segment) {
list ($x1, $y1, $x2, $y2, $x3, $y3) = $segment;
$this->_outCurve($x1, $y1, $x2, $y2, $x3, $y3);
* An ellipse is formed from n Bezier curves.
* @param float $x0 Abscissa of center point.
* @param float $y0 Ordinate of center point.
* @param float $rx Horizontal radius.
* @param float $ry Vertical radius (if ry = 0 then is a circle, see {@link Circle Circle}). Default value: 0.
* @param float $angle: Angle oriented (anti-clockwise). Default value: 0.
* @param float $astart: Angle start of draw line. Default value: 0.
* @param float $afinish: Angle finish of draw line. Default value: 360.
* @param string $style Style of rendering. Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>C: Draw close.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $line_style Line style of ellipse. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}. Default value: default line style (empty array).
* @param array $fill_color Fill color. Format: array(GREY) or array(R,G,B) or array(C,M,Y,K). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @param integer $nc Number of curves used in ellipse. Default value: 8.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
public function Ellipse($x0, $y0, $rx, $ry= 0, $angle= 0, $astart= 0, $afinish= 360, $style= '', $line_style= array(), $fill_color= array(), $nc= 8) {
$this->Rotate($angle, $x0, $y0);
$this->Ellipse($x0, $y0, $rx, $ry, 0, $astart, $afinish, $style, $line_style, $fill_color, $nc);
if (!(false === strpos($style, 'F')) AND isset ($fill_color)) {
$op = 's'; // Small 's' signifies closing the path as well
$astart = deg2rad((float) $astart);
$afinish = deg2rad((float) $afinish);
$total_angle = $afinish - $astart;
$dt = $total_angle / $nc;
$y0 = ($this->h - $y0) * $this->k;
$a0 = $x0 + ($rx * cos($t1));
$b0 = $y0 + ($ry * sin($t1));
$this->_outPoint($a0 / $this->k, $this->h - ($b0 / $this->k));
for ($i = 1; $i <= $nc; ++ $i) {
// Draw this bit of the total curve
$t1 = ($i * $dt) + $astart;
$a1 = $x0 + ($rx * cos($t1));
$b1 = $y0 + ($ry * sin($t1));
$this->_outCurve(($a0 + ($c0 * $dtm)) / $this->k, $this->h - (($b0 + ($d0 * $dtm)) / $this->k), ($a1 - ($c1 * $dtm)) / $this->k, $this->h - (($b1 - ($d1 * $dtm)) / $this->k), $a1 / $this->k, $this->h - ($b1 / $this->k));
* A circle is formed from n Bezier curves.
* @param float $x0 Abscissa of center point.
* @param float $y0 Ordinate of center point.
* @param float $r Radius.
* @param float $astart: Angle start of draw line. Default value: 0.
* @param float $afinish: Angle finish of draw line. Default value: 360.
* @param string $style Style of rendering. Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>C: Draw close.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $line_style Line style of circle. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}. Default value: default line style (empty array).
* @param array $fill_color Fill color. Format: array(red, green, blue). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @param integer $nc Number of curves used in circle. Default value: 8.
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
public function Circle($x0, $y0, $r, $astart= 0, $afinish= 360, $style= '', $line_style= array(), $fill_color= array(), $nc= 8) {
$this->Ellipse($x0, $y0, $r, 0, 0, $astart, $afinish, $style, $line_style, $fill_color, $nc);
* @param array $p Points 0 to ($np - 1). Array with values (x0, y0, x1, y1,..., x(np-1), y(np - 1))
* @param string $style Style of rendering. Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $line_style Line style of polygon. Array with keys among the following:
* <li>all: Line style of all lines. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}.</li>
* <li>0 to ($np - 1): Line style of each line. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}.</li>
* If a key is not present or is null, not draws the line. Default value is default line style (empty array).
* @param array $fill_color Fill color. Format: array(GREY) or array(R,G,B) or array(C,M,Y,K). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @param boolean $closed if true the polygon is closes, otherwise will remain open
* @since 4.8.003 (2009-09-15)
public function PolyLine($p, $style= '', $line_style= array(), $fill_color= array()) {
$this->Polygon($p, $style, $line_style, $fill_color, false);
* @param array $p Points 0 to ($np - 1). Array with values (x0, y0, x1, y1,..., x(np-1), y(np - 1))
* @param string $style Style of rendering. Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $line_style Line style of polygon. Array with keys among the following:
* <li>all: Line style of all lines. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}.</li>
* <li>0 to ($np - 1): Line style of each line. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}.</li>
* If a key is not present or is null, not draws the line. Default value is default line style (empty array).
* @param array $fill_color Fill color. Format: array(GREY) or array(R,G,B) or array(C,M,Y,K). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @param boolean $closed if true the polygon is closes, otherwise will remain open
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
public function Polygon($p, $style= '', $line_style= array(), $fill_color= array(), $closed= true) {
$nc = count($p); // number of coordinates
$np = $nc / 2; // number of points
// close polygon by adding the first 2 points at the end (one line)
for ($i = 0; $i < 4; ++ $i) {
// copy style for the last added line
if (isset ($line_style[0])) {
$line_style[$np] = $line_style[0];
if (!(false === strpos($style, 'F')) AND isset ($fill_color)) {
if (isset ($line_style['all'])) {
for ($i = 2; $i < $nc; $i = $i + 2) {
for ($i = 2; $i < $nc; $i = $i + 2) {
$line_num = ($i / 2) - 1;
if (isset ($line_style[$line_num])) {
if ($line_style[$line_num] != 0) {
for ($i = 2; $i < $nc; $i = $i + 2) {
* Draws a regular polygon.
* @param float $x0 Abscissa of center point.
* @param float $y0 Ordinate of center point.
* @param float $r: Radius of inscribed circle.
* @param integer $ns Number of sides.
* @param float $angle Angle oriented (anti-clockwise). Default value: 0.
* @param boolean $draw_circle Draw inscribed circle or not. Default value: false.
* @param string $style Style of rendering. Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $line_style Line style of polygon sides. Array with keys among the following:
* <li>all: Line style of all sides. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}.</li>
* <li>0 to ($ns - 1): Line style of each side. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}.</li>
* If a key is not present or is null, not draws the side. Default value is default line style (empty array).
* @param array $fill_color Fill color. Format: array(red, green, blue). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @param string $circle_style Style of rendering of inscribed circle (if draws). Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $circle_outLine_style Line style of inscribed circle (if draws). Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}. Default value: default line style (empty array).
* @param array $circle_fill_color Fill color of inscribed circle (if draws). Format: array(red, green, blue). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
public function RegularPolygon($x0, $y0, $r, $ns, $angle= 0, $draw_circle= false, $style= '', $line_style= array(), $fill_color= array(), $circle_style= '', $circle_outLine_style= array(), $circle_fill_color= array()) {
$this->Circle($x0, $y0, $r, 0, 360, $circle_style, $circle_outLine_style, $circle_fill_color);
for ($i = 0; $i < $ns; ++ $i) {
$a = $angle + ($i * 360 / $ns);
$p[] = $x0 + ($r * sin($a_rad));
$p[] = $y0 + ($r * cos($a_rad));
$this->Polygon($p, $style, $line_style, $fill_color);
* @param float $x0 Abscissa of center point.
* @param float $y0 Ordinate of center point.
* @param float $r Radius of inscribed circle.
* @param integer $nv Number of vertices.
* @param integer $ng Number of gap (if ($ng % $nv = 1) then is a regular polygon).
* @param float $angle: Angle oriented (anti-clockwise). Default value: 0.
* @param boolean $draw_circle: Draw inscribed circle or not. Default value is false.
* @param string $style Style of rendering. Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $line_style Line style of polygon sides. Array with keys among the following:
* <li>all: Line style of all sides. Array like for
* {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}.</li>
* <li>0 to (n - 1): Line style of each side. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}.</li>
* If a key is not present or is null, not draws the side. Default value is default line style (empty array).
* @param array $fill_color Fill color. Format: array(red, green, blue). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @param string $circle_style Style of rendering of inscribed circle (if draws). Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $circle_outLine_style Line style of inscribed circle (if draws). Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}. Default value: default line style (empty array).
* @param array $circle_fill_color Fill color of inscribed circle (if draws). Format: array(red, green, blue). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
public function StarPolygon($x0, $y0, $r, $nv, $ng, $angle= 0, $draw_circle= false, $style= '', $line_style= array(), $fill_color= array(), $circle_style= '', $circle_outLine_style= array(), $circle_fill_color= array()) {
$this->Circle($x0, $y0, $r, 0, 360, $circle_style, $circle_outLine_style, $circle_fill_color);
for ($i = 0; $i < $nv; ++ $i) {
$a = $angle + ($i * 360 / $nv);
$p2[] = $x0 + ($r * sin($a_rad));
$p2[] = $y0 + ($r * cos($a_rad));
$p[] = $p2[($i * 2) + 1];
$this->Polygon($p, $style, $line_style, $fill_color);
* Draws a rounded rectangle.
* @param float $x Abscissa of upper-left corner.
* @param float $y Ordinate of upper-left corner.
* @param float $h Height.
* @param float $r Radius of the rounded corners.
* @param string $round_corner Draws rounded corner or not. String with a 0 (not rounded i-corner) or 1 (rounded i-corner) in i-position. Positions are, in order and begin to 0: top left, top right, bottom right and bottom left. Default value: all rounded corner ("1111").
* @param string $style Style of rendering. Possible values are:
* <li>D or empty string: Draw (default).</li>
* <li>DF or FD: Draw and fill.</li>
* <li>CNZ: Clipping mode (using the even-odd rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* <li>CEO: Clipping mode (using the nonzero winding number rule to determine which regions lie inside the clipping path).</li>
* @param array $border_style Border style of rectangle. Array like for {@link SetLineStyle SetLineStyle}. Default value: default line style (empty array).
* @param array $fill_color Fill color. Format: array(GREY) or array(R,G,B) or array(C,M,Y,K). Default value: default color (empty array).
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
public function RoundedRect($x, $y, $w, $h, $r, $round_corner= '1111', $style= '', $border_style= array(), $fill_color= array()) {
if ('0000' == $round_corner) { // Not rounded
$this->Rect($x, $y, $w, $h, $style, $border_style, $fill_color);
if (!(false === strpos($style, 'F')) AND isset ($fill_color)) {
$MyArc = 4 / 3 * (sqrt(2) - 1);
$this->_outCurve($xc + ($r * $MyArc), $yc - $r, $xc + $r, $yc - ($r * $MyArc), $xc + $r, $yc);
$this->_outCurve($xc + $r, $yc + ($r * $MyArc), $xc + ($r * $MyArc), $yc + $r, $xc, $yc + $r);
$this->_outCurve($xc - ($r * $MyArc), $yc + $r, $xc - $r, $yc + ($r * $MyArc), $xc - $r, $yc);
$this->_outCurve($xc - $r, $yc - ($r * $MyArc), $xc - ($r * $MyArc), $yc - $r, $xc, $yc - $r);
* @parameter float $x0 Abscissa of first point.
* @parameter float $y0 Ordinate of first point.
* @parameter float $x0 Abscissa of second point.
* @parameter float $y1 Ordinate of second point.
* @parameter int $head_style (0 = draw only arrowhead arms, 1 = draw closed arrowhead, but no fill, 2 = closed and filled arrowhead, 3 = filled arrowhead)
* @parameter float $arm_size length of arrowhead arms
* @parameter int $arm_angle angle between an arm and the shaft
* @author Piotr Galecki, Nicola Asuni, Andy Meier
* @since 4.6.018 (2009-07-10)
public function Arrow($x0, $y0, $x1, $y1, $head_style= 0, $arm_size= 5, $arm_angle= 15) {
// getting arrow direction angle
// 0 deg angle is when both arms go along X axis. angle grows clockwise.
// calculate the stopping point for the arrow shaft
// main arrow line / shaft
$this->Line($x0, $y0, $sx1, $sy1);
// left arrowhead arm tip
$x2L = $x1 + ($arm_size * cos(deg2rad($dir_angle + $arm_angle)));
$y2L = $y1 + ($arm_size * sin(deg2rad($dir_angle + $arm_angle)));
// right arrowhead arm tip
$x2R = $x1 + ($arm_size * cos(deg2rad($dir_angle - $arm_angle)));
$y2R = $y1 + ($arm_size * sin(deg2rad($dir_angle - $arm_angle)));
// draw only arrowhead arms
// draw closed arrowhead, but no fill
// closed and filled arrowhead
$this->Polygon(array($x2L, $y2L, $x1, $y1, $x2R, $y2R), $mode, $style, array());
// END GRAPHIC FUNCTIONS SECTION -----------------------
// BIDIRECTIONAL TEXT SECTION --------------------------
* Reverse the RLT substrings using the Bidirectional Algorithm (http://unicode.org/reports/tr9/).
* @param string $str string to manipulate.
* @param bool $forcertl if 'R' forces RTL, if 'L' forces LTR
* @since 2.1.000 (2008-01-08)
protected function utf8StrRev($str, $setbom= false, $forcertl= false) {
* Reverse the RLT substrings using the Bidirectional Algorithm (http://unicode.org/reports/tr9/).
* @param array $ta array of characters composing the string.
* @param string $str string to process
* @param bool $forcertl if 'R' forces RTL, if 'L' forces LTR
* @since 2.4.000 (2008-03-06)
protected function utf8Bidi($ta, $str= '', $forcertl= false) {
global $unicode, $unicode_mirror, $unicode_arlet, $laa_array, $diacritics;
// paragraph embedding level
// create string from array
// check if string contains arabic text
// check if string contains RTL text
} elseif ($forcertl == 'L') {
// P2. In each paragraph, find the first character of type L, AL, or R.
// P3. If a character is found in P2 and it is of type AL or R, then set the paragraph embedding level to one; otherwise, set it to zero.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
$type = $unicode[$ta[$i]];
} elseif (($type == 'AL') OR ($type == 'R')) {
// Current Embedding Level
// directional override status
$sor = $pel % 2 ? 'R' : 'L';
// Array of characters data
// X1. Begin by setting the current embedding level to the paragraph embedding level. Set the directional override status to neutral. Process each character iteratively, applying rules X2 through X9. Only embedding levels from 0 to 61 are valid in this phase.
// In the resolution of levels in rules I1 and I2, the maximum embedding level of 62 can be reached.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
// X2. With each RLE, compute the least greater odd embedding level.
// a. If this new level would be valid, then this embedding code is valid. Remember (push) the current embedding level and override status. Reset the current level to this new level, and reset the override status to neutral.
// b. If the new level would not be valid, then this code is invalid. Do not change the current level or override status.
$next_level = $cel + ($cel % 2) + 1;
$remember[] = array('num' => K_RLE, 'cel' => $cel, 'dos' => $dos);
$eor = $cel % 2 ? 'R' : 'L';
} elseif ($ta[$i] == K_LRE) {
// X3. With each LRE, compute the least greater even embedding level.
// a. If this new level would be valid, then this embedding code is valid. Remember (push) the current embedding level and override status. Reset the current level to this new level, and reset the override status to neutral.
// b. If the new level would not be valid, then this code is invalid. Do not change the current level or override status.
$next_level = $cel + 2 - ($cel % 2);
if ( $next_level < 62 ) {
$remember[] = array('num' => K_LRE, 'cel' => $cel, 'dos' => $dos);
$eor = $cel % 2 ? 'R' : 'L';
} elseif ($ta[$i] == K_RLO) {
// X4. With each RLO, compute the least greater odd embedding level.
// a. If this new level would be valid, then this embedding code is valid. Remember (push) the current embedding level and override status. Reset the current level to this new level, and reset the override status to right-to-left.
// b. If the new level would not be valid, then this code is invalid. Do not change the current level or override status.
$next_level = $cel + ($cel % 2) + 1;
$remember[] = array('num' => K_RLO, 'cel' => $cel, 'dos' => $dos);
$eor = $cel % 2 ? 'R' : 'L';
} elseif ($ta[$i] == K_LRO) {
// X5. With each LRO, compute the least greater even embedding level.
// a. If this new level would be valid, then this embedding code is valid. Remember (push) the current embedding level and override status. Reset the current level to this new level, and reset the override status to left-to-right.
// b. If the new level would not be valid, then this code is invalid. Do not change the current level or override status.
$next_level = $cel + 2 - ($cel % 2);
if ( $next_level < 62 ) {
$remember[] = array('num' => K_LRO, 'cel' => $cel, 'dos' => $dos);
$eor = $cel % 2 ? 'R' : 'L';
} elseif ($ta[$i] == K_PDF) {
// X7. With each PDF, determine the matching embedding or override code. If there was a valid matching code, restore (pop) the last remembered (pushed) embedding level and directional override.
$last = count($remember ) - 1;
if (($remember[$last]['num'] == K_RLE) OR
($remember[$last]['num'] == K_LRE) OR
($remember[$last]['num'] == K_RLO) OR
($remember[$last]['num'] == K_LRO)) {
$eor = ($cel > $match['cel'] ? $cel : $match['cel']) % 2 ? 'R' : 'L';
} elseif (($ta[$i] != K_RLE) AND
// X6. For all types besides RLE, LRE, RLO, LRO, and PDF:
// a. Set the level of the current character to the current embedding level.
// b. Whenever the directional override status is not neutral, reset the current character type to the directional override status.
if (isset ($unicode[$ta[$i]])) {
$chardir = $unicode[$ta[$i]];
// stores string characters and other information
$chardata[] = array('char' => $ta[$i], 'level' => $cel, 'type' => $chardir, 'sor' => $sor, 'eor' => $eor);
// X8. All explicit directional embeddings and overrides are completely terminated at the end of each paragraph. Paragraph separators are not included in the embedding.
// X9. Remove all RLE, LRE, RLO, LRO, PDF, and BN codes.
// X10. The remaining rules are applied to each run of characters at the same level. For each run, determine the start-of-level-run (sor) and end-of-level-run (eor) type, either L or R. This depends on the higher of the two levels on either side of the boundary (at the start or end of the paragraph, the level of the 'other' run is the base embedding level). If the higher level is odd, the type is R; otherwise, it is L.
// 3.3.3 Resolving Weak Types
// Weak types are now resolved one level run at a time. At level run boundaries where the type of the character on the other side of the boundary is required, the type assigned to sor or eor is used.
// Nonspacing marks are now resolved based on the previous characters.
$numchars = count($chardata);
// W1. Examine each nonspacing mark (NSM) in the level run, and change the type of the NSM to the type of the previous character. If the NSM is at the start of the level run, it will get the type of sor.
$prevlevel = - 1; // track level changes
$levcount = 0; // counts consecutive chars at the same level
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'NSM') {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = $chardata[$i]['sor'];
$chardata[$i]['type'] = $chardata[($i- 1)]['type'];
if ($chardata[$i]['level'] != $prevlevel) {
$prevlevel = $chardata[$i]['level'];
// W2. Search backward from each instance of a European number until the first strong type (R, L, AL, or sor) is found. If an AL is found, change the type of the European number to Arabic number.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if ($chardata[$i]['char'] == 'EN') {
for ($j= $levcount; $j >= 0; $j-- ) {
if ($chardata[$j]['type'] == 'AL') {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'AN';
} elseif (($chardata[$j]['type'] == 'L') OR ($chardata[$j]['type'] == 'R')) {
if ($chardata[$i]['level'] != $prevlevel) {
$prevlevel = $chardata[$i]['level'];
// W3. Change all ALs to R.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'AL') {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'R';
// W4. A single European separator between two European numbers changes to a European number. A single common separator between two numbers of the same type changes to that type.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if (($levcount > 0) AND (($i+ 1) < $numchars) AND ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['level'] == $prevlevel)) {
if (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'ES') AND ($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'EN') AND ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'EN')) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'EN';
} elseif (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'CS') AND ($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'EN') AND ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'EN')) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'EN';
} elseif (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'CS') AND ($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'AN') AND ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'AN')) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'AN';
if ($chardata[$i]['level'] != $prevlevel) {
$prevlevel = $chardata[$i]['level'];
// W5. A sequence of European terminators adjacent to European numbers changes to all European numbers.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'ET') {
if (($levcount > 0) AND ($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'EN')) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'EN';
while (($j < $numchars) AND ($chardata[$j]['level'] == $prevlevel)) {
if ($chardata[$j]['type'] == 'EN') {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'EN';
} elseif ($chardata[$j]['type'] != 'ET') {
if ($chardata[$i]['level'] != $prevlevel) {
$prevlevel = $chardata[$i]['level'];
// W6. Otherwise, separators and terminators change to Other Neutral.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'ET') OR ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'ES') OR ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'CS')) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'ON';
if ($chardata[$i]['level'] != $prevlevel) {
$prevlevel = $chardata[$i]['level'];
//W7. Search backward from each instance of a European number until the first strong type (R, L, or sor) is found. If an L is found, then change the type of the European number to L.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if ($chardata[$i]['char'] == 'EN') {
for ($j= $levcount; $j >= 0; $j-- ) {
if ($chardata[$j]['type'] == 'L') {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'L';
} elseif ($chardata[$j]['type'] == 'R') {
if ($chardata[$i]['level'] != $prevlevel) {
$prevlevel = $chardata[$i]['level'];
// N1. A sequence of neutrals takes the direction of the surrounding strong text if the text on both sides has the same direction. European and Arabic numbers act as if they were R in terms of their influence on neutrals. Start-of-level-run (sor) and end-of-level-run (eor) are used at level run boundaries.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if (($levcount > 0) AND (($i+ 1) < $numchars) AND ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['level'] == $prevlevel)) {
if (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'N') AND ($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'L') AND ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'L')) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'L';
} elseif (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'N') AND
(($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'R') OR ($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'EN') OR ($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'AN')) AND
(($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'R') OR ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'EN') OR ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'AN'))) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'R';
} elseif ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'N') {
// N2. Any remaining neutrals take the embedding direction
$chardata[$i]['type'] = $chardata[$i]['sor'];
} elseif (($levcount == 0) AND (($i+ 1) < $numchars) AND ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['level'] == $prevlevel)) {
if (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'N') AND ($chardata[$i]['sor'] == 'L') AND ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'L')) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'L';
} elseif (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'N') AND
(($chardata[$i]['sor'] == 'R') OR ($chardata[$i]['sor'] == 'EN') OR ($chardata[$i]['sor'] == 'AN')) AND
(($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'R') OR ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'EN') OR ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['type'] == 'AN'))) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'R';
} elseif ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'N') {
// N2. Any remaining neutrals take the embedding direction
$chardata[$i]['type'] = $chardata[$i]['sor'];
} elseif (($levcount > 0) AND ((($i+ 1) == $numchars) OR (($i+ 1) < $numchars) AND ($chardata[($i+ 1)]['level'] != $prevlevel))) {
if (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'N') AND ($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'L') AND ($chardata[$i]['eor'] == 'L')) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'L';
} elseif (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'N') AND
(($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'R') OR ($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'EN') OR ($chardata[($i- 1)]['type'] == 'AN')) AND
(($chardata[$i]['eor'] == 'R') OR ($chardata[$i]['eor'] == 'EN') OR ($chardata[$i]['eor'] == 'AN'))) {
$chardata[$i]['type'] = 'R';
} elseif ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'N') {
// N2. Any remaining neutrals take the embedding direction
$chardata[$i]['type'] = $chardata[$i]['sor'];
} elseif ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'N') {
// N2. Any remaining neutrals take the embedding direction
$chardata[$i]['type'] = $chardata[$i]['sor'];
if ($chardata[$i]['level'] != $prevlevel) {
$prevlevel = $chardata[$i]['level'];
// I1. For all characters with an even (left-to-right) embedding direction, those of type R go up one level and those of type AN or EN go up two levels.
// I2. For all characters with an odd (right-to-left) embedding direction, those of type L, EN or AN go up one level.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
$odd = $chardata[$i]['level'] % 2;
if (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'L') OR ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'AN') OR ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'EN')) {
$chardata[$i]['level'] += 1;
if ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'R') {
$chardata[$i]['level'] += 1;
} elseif (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'AN') OR ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'EN')) {
$chardata[$i]['level'] += 2;
$maxlevel = max($chardata[$i]['level'],$maxlevel);
// L1. On each line, reset the embedding level of the following characters to the paragraph embedding level:
// 1. Segment separators,
// 2. Paragraph separators,
// 3. Any sequence of whitespace characters preceding a segment separator or paragraph separator, and
// 4. Any sequence of white space characters at the end of the line.
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if (($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'B') OR ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'S')) {
$chardata[$i]['level'] = $pel;
} elseif ($chardata[$i]['type'] == 'WS') {
if ((($chardata[$j]['type'] == 'B') OR ($chardata[$j]['type'] == 'S')) OR
(($j == ($numchars- 1)) AND ($chardata[$j]['type'] == 'WS'))) {
$chardata[$i]['level'] = $pel;
} elseif ($chardata[$j]['type'] != 'WS') {
// Cursively connected scripts, such as Arabic or Syriac, require the selection of positional character shapes that depend on adjacent characters. Shaping is logically applied after the Bidirectional Algorithm is used and is limited to characters within the same directional run.
$endedletter = array(1569,1570,1571,1572,1573,1575,1577,1583,1584,1585,1586,1608,1688);
$alfletter = array(1570,1571,1573,1575);
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if (($unicode[$chardata[$i]['char']] == 'AL') OR ($chardata[$i]['char'] == 32) OR ($chardata[$i]['char'] == 8204)) {
$charAL[$x] = $chardata[$i];
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
$thischar = $chardata[$i];
$prevchar = $chardata[($i- 1)];
if (($i+ 1) < $numchars) {
$nextchar = $chardata[($i+ 1)];
if ($unicode[$thischar['char']] == 'AL') {
$prevchar = $charAL[($x- 1)];
$nextchar = $charAL[($x+ 1)];
if (($prevchar !== false) AND ($prevchar['char'] == 1604) AND (in_array($thischar['char'], $alfletter))) {
$prevchar = $charAL[($x- 2)];
$arabicarr = $unicode_arlet;
if (($prevchar !== false) AND ($nextchar !== false) AND
(($unicode[$prevchar['char']] == 'AL') OR ($unicode[$prevchar['char']] == 'NSM')) AND
(($unicode[$nextchar['char']] == 'AL') OR ($unicode[$nextchar['char']] == 'NSM')) AND
($prevchar['type'] == $thischar['type']) AND
($nextchar['type'] == $thischar['type']) AND
($nextchar['char'] != 1567)) {
if (in_array($prevchar['char'], $endedletter)) {
if (isset ($arabicarr[$thischar['char']][2])) {
$chardata2[$i]['char'] = $arabicarr[$thischar['char']][2];
if (isset ($arabicarr[$thischar['char']][3])) {
$chardata2[$i]['char'] = $arabicarr[$thischar['char']][3];
} elseif (($nextchar !== false) AND
(($unicode[$nextchar['char']] == 'AL') OR ($unicode[$nextchar['char']] == 'NSM')) AND
($nextchar['type'] == $thischar['type']) AND
($nextchar['char'] != 1567)) {
if (isset ($arabicarr[$chardata[$i]['char']][2])) {
$chardata2[$i]['char'] = $arabicarr[$thischar['char']][2];
} elseif ((($prevchar !== false) AND
(($unicode[$prevchar['char']] == 'AL') OR ($unicode[$prevchar['char']] == 'NSM')) AND
($prevchar['type'] == $thischar['type'])) OR
(($nextchar !== false) AND ($nextchar['char'] == 1567))) {
if (($i > 1) AND ($thischar['char'] == 1607) AND
($chardata[$i- 1]['char'] == 1604) AND
($chardata[$i- 2]['char'] == 1604)) {
// mark characters to delete with false
$chardata2[$i- 2]['char'] = false;
$chardata2[$i- 1]['char'] = false;
$chardata2[$i]['char'] = 65010;
if (($prevchar !== false) AND in_array($prevchar['char'], $endedletter)) {
if (isset ($arabicarr[$thischar['char']][0])) {
$chardata2[$i]['char'] = $arabicarr[$thischar['char']][0];
if (isset ($arabicarr[$thischar['char']][1])) {
$chardata2[$i]['char'] = $arabicarr[$thischar['char']][1];
} elseif (isset ($arabicarr[$thischar['char']][0])) {
$chardata2[$i]['char'] = $arabicarr[$thischar['char']][0];
// mark characters to delete with false
$chardata2[($charAL[($x- 1)]['i'])]['char'] = false;
} // end if AL (Arabic Letter)
* Combining characters that can occur with Shadda (0651 HEX, 1617 DEC) are placed in UE586-UE594.
* Putting the combining mark and shadda in the same glyph allows us to avoid the two marks overlapping each other in an illegible manner.
for ($i = 0; $i < ($numchars- 1); ++ $i) {
if (($chardata2[$i]['char'] == 1617) AND (isset ($diacritics[($chardata2[$i+ 1]['char'])]))) {
// check if the subtitution font is defined on current font
if (isset ($cw[($diacritics[($chardata2[$i+ 1]['char'])])])) {
$chardata2[$i]['char'] = false;
$chardata2[$i+ 1]['char'] = $diacritics[($chardata2[$i+ 1]['char'])];
// remove marked characters
foreach ($chardata2 as $key => $value) {
if ($value['char'] === false) {
$numchars = count($chardata);
// L2. From the highest level found in the text to the lowest odd level on each line, including intermediate levels not actually present in the text, reverse any contiguous sequence of characters that are at that level or higher.
for ($j= $maxlevel; $j > 0; $j-- ) {
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
if ($chardata[$i]['level'] >= $j) {
if (isset ($unicode_mirror[$chardata[$i]['char']])) {
// L4. A character is depicted by a mirrored glyph if and only if (a) the resolved directionality of that character is R, and (b) the Bidi_Mirrored property value of that character is true.
$chardata[$i]['char'] = $unicode_mirror[$chardata[$i]['char']];
$revarr[] = $chardata[$i];
$ordarray[] = $chardata[$i];
for ($i= 0; $i < $numchars; ++ $i) {
$ordarray[] = $chardata[$i]['char'];
// END OF BIDIRECTIONAL TEXT SECTION -------------------
* @param string $txt bookmark description.
* @param int $level bookmark level (minimum value is 0).
* @param float $y Ordinate of the boorkmark position (default = -1 = current position).
* @param int $page target page number (leave empty for current page).
* @author Olivier Plathey, Nicola Asuni
* @since 2.1.002 (2008-02-12)
public function Bookmark($txt, $level= 0, $y=- 1, $page= '') {
$maxlevel = $lastoutline['l'] + 1;
if ($level > $maxlevel) {
$this->outlines[] = array('t' => $txt, 'l' => $level, 'y' => $y, 'p' => $page);
* Create a bookmark PDF string.
* @author Olivier Plathey, Nicola Asuni
* @since 2.1.002 (2008-02-12)
$parent = $lru[($o['l'] - 1)];
//Set parent and last pointers
$this->outlines[$i]['parent'] = $parent;
//Level increasing: set first pointer
if (($o['l'] <= $level) AND ($i > 0)) {
//Set prev and next pointers
$this->_out('/Parent '. ($n + $o['parent']). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/Prev '. ($n + $o['prev']). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/Next '. ($n + $o['next']). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/First '. ($n + $o['first']). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/Last '. ($n + $o['last']). ' 0 R');
$this->_out(sprintf('/Dest [%d 0 R /XYZ 0 %.2F null]', (1 + (2 * $o['p'])), ($this->pagedim[$o['p']]['h'] - ($o['y'] * $this->k))));
$this->_out('/Count 0>>');
$this->_out('<</Type /Outlines /First '. $n. ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/Last '. ($n + $lru[0]). ' 0 R>>');
// --- JAVASCRIPT ------------------------------------------------------
* @param string $script Javascript code
* @author Johannes Güntert, Nicola Asuni
* @since 2.1.002 (2008-02-12)
* Adds a javascript object and return object ID
* @param string $script Javascript code
* @param boolean $onload if true executes this object when opening the document
* @return int internal object ID
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
* Create a javascript PDF string.
* @author Johannes Güntert, Nicola Asuni
* @since 2.1.002 (2008-02-12)
//$this->setUserRights();
// the following two lines are used to avoid form fields duplication after saving
// The addField method only works on Acrobat Writer, unless the document is signed with Adobe private key (UR3)
$jsa = sprintf("ftcpdfdocsaved=this.addField('%s','%s',%d,[%.2F,%.2F,%.2F,%.2F]);", 'tcpdfdocsaved', 'text', 0, 0, 1, 0, 1);
$jsb = "getField('tcpdfdocsaved').value='saved';";
$this->_out('(EmbeddedJS) '. ($this->n + 1). ' 0 R');
$this->_out('(JS'. $key. ') '. $key. ' 0 R');
// default Javascript object
$this->_out('/S /JavaScript');
// additional Javascript objects
$this->_out($key. ' 0 obj');
$this->_out('/S /JavaScript');
* Convert color to javascript color.
* @param string $color color name or #RRGGBB
* @author Denis Van Nuffelen, Nicola Asuni
* @since 2.1.002 (2008-02-12)
static $aColors = array('transparent', 'black', 'white', 'red', 'green', 'blue', 'cyan', 'magenta', 'yellow', 'dkGray', 'gray', 'ltGray');
if (substr($color,0,1) == '#') {
return sprintf("['RGB',%.3F,%.3F,%.3F]", hexdec(substr($color,1,2))/ 255, hexdec(substr($color,3,2))/ 255, hexdec(substr($color,5,2))/ 255);
if (!in_array($color,$aColors)) {
$this->Error('Invalid color: '. $color);
* Adds a javascript form field.
* @param string $type field type
* @param string $name field name
* @param int $x horizontal position
* @param int $y vertical position
* @param array $prop javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference.
* @author Denis Van Nuffelen, Nicola Asuni
* @since 2.1.002 (2008-02-12)
protected function _addfield($type, $name, $x, $y, $w, $h, $prop) {
// the followind avoid fields duplication after saving the document
$this->javascript .= "if(getField('tcpdfdocsaved').value != 'saved') {";
$this->javascript .= sprintf("f". $name. "=this.addField('%s','%s',%d,[%.2F,%.2F,%.2F,%.2F]);", $name, $type, $this->PageNo()- 1, $x* $k, ($this->h- $y)* $k+ 1, ($x+ $w)* $k, ($this->h- $y- $h)* $k+ 1). "\n";
while (list ($key, $val) = each($prop)) {
$this->javascript .= 'f'. $name. '.'. $key. '='. $val. ";\n";
// --- FORM FIELDS -----------------------------------------------------
* Convert JavaScript form fields properties array to Annotation Properties array.
* @param array $prop javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference.
* @return array of annotation properties
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-06)
if (isset ($prop['aopt']) AND is_array($prop['aopt'])) {
// the annotation options area lready defined
$opt = array(); // value to be returned
// alignment: Controls how the text is laid out within the text field.
if (isset ($prop['alignment'])) {
switch ($prop['alignment']) {
$opt['q'] = ($this->rtl)? 2: 0;
// lineWidth: Specifies the thickness of the border when stroking the perimeter of a field's rectangle.
if (isset ($prop['lineWidth'])) {
$linewidth = intval($prop['lineWidth']);
// borderStyle: The border style for a field.
if (isset ($prop['borderStyle'])) {
switch ($prop['borderStyle']) {
$opt['border'] = array(0, 0, $linewidth, array(3, 2));
$opt['bs'] = array('w'=> $linewidth, 's'=> 'D', 'd'=> array(3, 2));
$opt['border'] = array(0, 0, $linewidth);
$opt['bs'] = array('w'=> $linewidth, 's'=> 'B');
$opt['border'] = array(0, 0, $linewidth);
$opt['bs'] = array('w'=> $linewidth, 's'=> 'I');
$opt['border'] = array(0, 0, $linewidth);
$opt['bs'] = array('w'=> $linewidth, 's'=> 'U');
$opt['border'] = array(0, 0, $linewidth);
$opt['bs'] = array('w'=> $linewidth, 's'=> 'S');
if (isset ($prop['border']) AND is_array($prop['border'])) {
$opt['border'] = $prop['border'];
if (!isset ($opt['mk'])) {
if (!isset ($opt['mk']['if'])) {
$opt['mk']['if'] = array();
$opt['mk']['if']['a'] = array(0.5, 0.5);
// buttonAlignX: Controls how space is distributed from the left of the button face with respect to the icon.
if (isset ($prop['buttonAlignX'])) {
$opt['mk']['if']['a'][0] = $prop['buttonAlignX'];
// buttonAlignY: Controls how unused space is distributed from the bottom of the button face with respect to the icon.
if (isset ($prop['buttonAlignY'])) {
$opt['mk']['if']['a'][1] = $prop['buttonAlignY'];
// buttonFitBounds: If true, the extent to which the icon may be scaled is set to the bounds of the button field.
if (isset ($prop['buttonFitBounds']) AND ($prop['buttonFitBounds'] == 'true')) {
$opt['mk']['if']['fb'] = true;
// buttonScaleHow: Controls how the icon is scaled (if necessary) to fit inside the button face.
if (isset ($prop['buttonScaleHow'])) {
switch ($prop['buttonScaleHow']) {
case 'scaleHow.proportional': {
$opt['mk']['if']['s'] = 'P';
case 'scaleHow.anamorphic': {
$opt['mk']['if']['s'] = 'A';
// buttonScaleWhen: Controls when an icon is scaled to fit inside the button face.
if (isset ($prop['buttonScaleWhen'])) {
switch ($prop['buttonScaleWhen']) {
case 'scaleWhen.always': {
$opt['mk']['if']['sw'] = 'A';
case 'scaleWhen.never': {
$opt['mk']['if']['sw'] = 'N';
case 'scaleWhen.tooBig': {
$opt['mk']['if']['sw'] = 'B';
case 'scaleWhen.tooSmall': {
$opt['mk']['if']['sw'] = 'S';
// buttonPosition: Controls how the text and the icon of the button are positioned with respect to each other within the button face.
if (isset ($prop['buttonPosition'])) {
switch ($prop['buttonPosition']) {
case 'position.textOnly': {
case 'position.iconOnly': {
case 'position.iconTextV': {
case 'position.textIconV': {
case 'position.iconTextH': {
case 'position.textIconH': {
case 'position.overlay': {
// fillColor: Specifies the background color for a field.
if (isset ($prop['fillColor'])) {
$opt['mk']['bg'] = $prop['fillColor'];
// strokeColor: Specifies the stroke color for a field that is used to stroke the rectangle of the field with a line as large as the line width.
if (isset ($prop['strokeColor'])) {
$opt['mk']['bc'] = $prop['strokeColor'];
// rotation: The rotation of a widget in counterclockwise increments.
if (isset ($prop['rotation'])) {
$opt['mk']['r'] = $prop['rotation'];
// charLimit: Limits the number of characters that a user can type into a text field.
if (isset ($prop['charLimit'])) {
$opt['maxlen'] = intval($prop['charLimit']);
// readonly: The read-only characteristic of a field. If a field is read-only, the user can see the field but cannot change it.
if (isset ($prop['readonly']) AND ($prop['readonly'] == 'true')) {
// required: Specifies whether a field requires a value.
if (isset ($prop['required']) AND ($prop['required'] == 'true')) {
// multiline: Controls how text is wrapped within the field.
if (isset ($prop['multiline']) AND ($prop['multiline'] == 'true')) {
// password: Specifies whether the field should display asterisks when data is entered in the field.
if (isset ($prop['password']) AND ($prop['password'] == 'true')) {
// NoToggleToOff: If set, exactly one radio button shall be selected at all times; selecting the currently selected button has no effect.
if (isset ($prop['NoToggleToOff']) AND ($prop['NoToggleToOff'] == 'true')) {
// Radio: If set, the field is a set of radio buttons.
if (isset ($prop['Radio']) AND ($prop['Radio'] == 'true')) {
// Pushbutton: If set, the field is a pushbutton that does not retain a permanent value.
if (isset ($prop['Pushbutton']) AND ($prop['Pushbutton'] == 'true')) {
// Combo: If set, the field is a combo box; if clear, the field is a list box.
if (isset ($prop['Combo']) AND ($prop['Combo'] == 'true')) {
// editable: Controls whether a combo box is editable.
if (isset ($prop['editable']) AND ($prop['editable'] == 'true')) {
// Sort: If set, the field's option items shall be sorted alphabetically.
if (isset ($prop['Sort']) AND ($prop['Sort'] == 'true')) {
// fileSelect: If true, sets the file-select flag in the Options tab of the text field (Field is Used for File Selection).
if (isset ($prop['fileSelect']) AND ($prop['fileSelect'] == 'true')) {
// multipleSelection: If true, indicates that a list box allows a multiple selection of items.
if (isset ($prop['multipleSelection']) AND ($prop['multipleSelection'] == 'true')) {
// doNotSpellCheck: If true, spell checking is not performed on this editable text field.
if (isset ($prop['doNotSpellCheck']) AND ($prop['doNotSpellCheck'] == 'true')) {
// doNotScroll: If true, the text field does not scroll and the user, therefore, is limited by the rectangular region designed for the field.
if (isset ($prop['doNotScroll']) AND ($prop['doNotScroll'] == 'true')) {
// comb: If set to true, the field background is drawn as series of boxes (one for each character in the value of the field) and each character of the content is drawn within those boxes. The number of boxes drawn is determined from the charLimit property. It applies only to text fields. The setter will also raise if any of the following field properties are also set multiline, password, and fileSelect. A side-effect of setting this property is that the doNotScroll property is also set.
if (isset ($prop['comb']) AND ($prop['comb'] == 'true')) {
// radiosInUnison: If false, even if a group of radio buttons have the same name and export value, they behave in a mutually exclusive fashion, like HTML radio buttons.
if (isset ($prop['radiosInUnison']) AND ($prop['radiosInUnison'] == 'true')) {
// richText: If true, the field allows rich text formatting.
if (isset ($prop['richText']) AND ($prop['richText'] == 'true')) {
// commitOnSelChange: Controls whether a field value is committed after a selection change.
if (isset ($prop['commitOnSelChange']) AND ($prop['commitOnSelChange'] == 'true')) {
// defaultValue: The default value of a field - that is, the value that the field is set to when the form is reset.
if (isset ($prop['defaultValue'])) {
$opt['dv'] = $prop['defaultValue'];
$f = 4; // default value for annotation flags
// readonly: The read-only characteristic of a field. If a field is read-only, the user can see the field but cannot change it.
if (isset ($prop['readonly']) AND ($prop['readonly'] == 'true')) {
// display: Controls whether the field is hidden or visible on screen and in print.
if (isset ($prop['display'])) {
if ($prop['display'] == 'display.visible') {
} elseif ($prop['display'] == 'display.hidden') {
} elseif ($prop['display'] == 'display.noPrint') {
} elseif ($prop['display'] == 'display.noView') {
// currentValueIndices: Reads and writes single or multiple values of a list box or combo box.
if (isset ($prop['currentValueIndices']) AND is_array($prop['currentValueIndices'])) {
$opt['i'] = $prop['currentValueIndices'];
// value: The value of the field data that the user has entered.
if (isset ($prop['value'])) {
foreach ($prop['value'] AS $key => $optval) {
// exportValues: An array of strings representing the export values for the field.
if (isset ($prop['exportValues'][$key])) {
$opt['opt'][$key] = array($prop['exportValues'][$key], $prop['value'][$key]);
$opt['opt'][$key] = $prop['value'][$key];
$opt['v'] = $prop['value'];
// richValue: This property specifies the text contents and formatting of a rich text field.
if (isset ($prop['richValue'])) {
$opt['rv'] = $prop['richValue'];
// submitName: If nonempty, used during form submission instead of name. Only applicable if submitting in HTML format (that is, URL-encoded).
if (isset ($prop['submitName'])) {
$opt['tm'] = $prop['submitName'];
// name: Fully qualified field name.
if (isset ($prop['name'])) {
$opt['t'] = $prop['name'];
// userName: The user name (short description string) of the field.
if (isset ($prop['userName'])) {
$opt['tu'] = $prop['userName'];
// highlight: Defines how a button reacts when a user clicks it.
if (isset ($prop['highlight'])) {
switch ($prop['highlight']) {
// - calcOrderIndex: Changes the calculation order of fields in the document.
// - delay: Delays the redrawing of a field's appearance.
// - defaultStyle: This property defines the default style attributes for the form field.
// - style: Allows the user to set the glyph style of a check box or radio button.
// - textColor, textFont, textSize
* Set default properties for form fields.
* @param array $prop javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference.
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-06)
* Return the default properties for form fields.
* @return array $prop javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference.
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-06)
* @param string $name field name
* @param float $w Width of the rectangle
* @param float $h Height of the rectangle
* @param array $prop javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference.
* @param array $opt annotation parameters. Possible values are described on official PDF32000_2008 reference.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param boolean $js if true put the field using JavaScript (requires Acrobat Writer to be rendered).
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
public function TextField($name, $w, $h, $prop= array(), $opt= array(), $x= '', $y= '', $js= false) {
$this->_addfield('text', $name, $x, $y, $w, $h, $prop);
// set default appearance stream
$popt['da'] = $fontstyle;
$popt['ap']['n'] = 'q BT '. $fontstyle. ' ET Q';
// remove some conflicting options
// set remaining annotation data
$opt['Subtype'] = 'Widget';
Additional annotation's parameters (check _putannotsobj() method):
$this->Annotation($x, $y, $w, $h, $name, $opt, 0);
* Creates a RadioButton field
* @param string $name field name
* @param array $prop javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference.
* @param array $opt annotation parameters. Possible values are described on official PDF32000_2008 reference.
* @param string $onvalue value to be returned if selected.
* @param boolean $checked define the initial state.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param boolean $js if true put the field using JavaScript (requires Acrobat Writer to be rendered).
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
public function RadioButton($name, $w, $prop= array(), $opt= array(), $onvalue= 'On', $checked= false, $x= '', $y= '', $js= false) {
$this->_addfield('radiobutton', $name, $x, $y, $w, $w, $prop);
// set data for parent group
// save object ID to be added on Kids entry on parent object
$prop['NoToggleToOff'] = 'true';
$prop['borderStyle'] = 'inset';
// set additional default values
$popt['da'] = $fontstyle;
$popt['ap']['n'] = array();
$popt['ap']['n'][$onvalue] = 'q BT '. $fontstyle. ' 0 0 Td (8) Tj ET Q';
$popt['ap']['n']['Off'] = 'q BT '. $fontstyle. ' 0 0 Td (8) Tj ET Q';
if (!isset ($popt['mk'])) {
$popt['mk']['ca'] = '(l)';
// set remaining annotation data
$opt['Subtype'] = 'Widget';
$opt['v'] = array('/'. $onvalue);
$this->Annotation($x, $y, $w, $w, $name, $opt, 0);
* Creates a List-box field
* @param string $name field name
* @param array $values array containing the list of values.
* @param array $prop javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference.
* @param array $opt annotation parameters. Possible values are described on official PDF32000_2008 reference.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param boolean $js if true put the field using JavaScript (requires Acrobat Writer to be rendered).
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
public function ListBox($name, $w, $h, $values, $prop= array(), $opt= array(), $x= '', $y= '', $js= false) {
$this->_addfield('listbox', $name, $x, $y, $w, $h, $prop);
foreach ($values as $value) {
// set additional default values
$popt['da'] = $fontstyle;
$popt['ap']['n'] = 'q BT '. $fontstyle. ' ET Q';
// set remaining annotation data
$opt['Subtype'] = 'Widget';
$this->Annotation($x, $y, $w, $h, $name, $opt, 0);
* Creates a Combo-box field
* @param string $name field name
* @param array $values array containing the list of values.
* @param array $prop javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference.
* @param array $opt annotation parameters. Possible values are described on official PDF32000_2008 reference.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param boolean $js if true put the field using JavaScript (requires Acrobat Writer to be rendered).
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
public function ComboBox($name, $w, $h, $values, $prop= array(), $opt= array(), $x= '', $y= '', $js= false) {
$this->_addfield('combobox', $name, $x, $y, $w, $h, $prop);
foreach ($values as $value) {
// set additional default options
$popt['da'] = $fontstyle;
$popt['ap']['n'] = 'q BT '. $fontstyle. ' ET Q';
// set remaining annotation data
$opt['Subtype'] = 'Widget';
$this->Annotation($x, $y, $w, $h, $name, $opt, 0);
* Creates a CheckBox field
* @param string $name field name
* @param boolean $checked define the initial state.
* @param array $prop javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference.
* @param array $opt annotation parameters. Possible values are described on official PDF32000_2008 reference.
* @param string $onvalue value to be returned if selected.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param boolean $js if true put the field using JavaScript (requires Acrobat Writer to be rendered).
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
public function CheckBox($name, $w, $checked= false, $prop= array(), $opt= array(), $onvalue= 'Yes', $x= '', $y= '', $js= false) {
$this->_addfield('checkbox', $name, $x, $y, $w, $w, $prop);
if (!isset ($prop['value'])) {
$prop['value'] = array('Yes');
$prop['borderStyle'] = 'inset';
// set additional default options
$popt['da'] = $fontstyle;
$popt['ap']['n'] = array();
$popt['ap']['n']['Yes'] = 'q BT '. $fontstyle. ' 0 0 Td (8) Tj ET Q';
$popt['ap']['n']['Off'] = 'q BT '. $fontstyle. ' 0 0 Td (8) Tj ET Q';
// set remaining annotation data
$opt['Subtype'] = 'Widget';
$opt['opt'] = array($onvalue);
$opt['v'] = array('/Off');
$this->Annotation($x, $y, $w, $w, $name, $opt, 0);
* @param string $name field name
* @param string $caption caption.
* @param mixed $action action triggered by pressing the button. Use a string to specify a javascript action. Use an array to specify a form action options as on section 12.7.5 of PDF32000_2008.
* @param array $prop javascript field properties. Possible values are described on official Javascript for Acrobat API reference.
* @param array $opt annotation parameters. Possible values are described on official PDF32000_2008 reference.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle
* @param boolean $js if true put the field using JavaScript (requires Acrobat Writer to be rendered).
* @since 4.8.000 (2009-09-07)
public function Button($name, $w, $h, $caption, $action, $prop= array(), $opt= array(), $x= '', $y= '', $js= false) {
$this->_addfield('button', $name, $this->x, $this->y, $w, $h, $prop);
$this->javascript .= 'f'. $name. ".highlight='push';\n";
$prop['Pushbutton'] = 'true';
$prop['highlight'] = 'push';
$prop['display'] = 'display.noPrint';
// set additional default options
if (!isset ($popt['mk'])) {
$popt['da'] = $fontstyle;
$popt['ap']['n'] = 'q BT '. $fontstyle. ' ET Q';
// set remaining annotation data
$opt['Subtype'] = 'Widget';
// form action options as on section 12.7.5 of PDF32000_2008.
$bmode = array('SubmitForm', 'ResetForm', 'ImportData');
foreach ($action AS $key => $val) {
if (($key == 'S') AND in_array($val, $bmode)) {
$opt['aa'] .= ' /S /'. $val;
} elseif (($key == 'F') AND (!empty($val))) {
} elseif (($key == 'Fields') AND is_array($val) AND !empty($val)) {
$opt['aa'] .= ' /Fields [';
foreach ($val AS $field) {
} elseif (($key == 'Flags')) {
foreach ($val AS $flag) {
case 'Include/Exclude': {
case 'IncludeNoValueFields': {
case 'SubmitCoordinates': {
case 'IncludeAppendSaves': {
case 'IncludeAnnotations': {
case 'CanonicalFormat': {
case 'ExclNonUserAnnots': {
$opt['aa'] .= ' /Flags '. $ff;
// Javascript action or raw action command
$opt['aa'] = '/D '. $js_obj_id. ' 0 R';
$this->Annotation($x, $y, $w, $h, $name, $opt, 0);
// --- END FORMS FIELDS ------------------------------------------------
* Add certification signature (DocMDP or UR3)
* You can set only one signature type
* @since 4.6.008 (2009-05-07)
$this->_out('/Type /Sig');
$this->_out('/Filter /Adobe.PPKLite');
$this->_out('/SubFilter /adbe.pkcs7.detached');
$this->_out('/Reference');
$this->_out('/Type /SigRef');
$this->_out('/TransformMethod /DocMDP');
$this->_out('/TransformParams');
$this->_out('/Type /TransformParams');
$this->_out('/TransformMethod /UR3');
$this->_out('/TransformParams');
$this->_out('/Type /TransformParams');
* Set User's Rights for PDF Reader
* WARNING: This works only using the Adobe private key with the setSignature() method!.
* Check the PDF Reference 8.7.1 Transform Methods,
* Table 8.105 Entries in the UR transform parameters dictionary
* @param boolean $enable if true enable user's rights on PDF reader
* @param string $document Names specifying additional document-wide usage rights for the document. The only defined value is "/FullSave", which permits a user to save the document along with modified form and/or annotation data.
* @param string $annots Names specifying additional annotation-related usage rights for the document. Valid names in PDF 1.5 and later are /Create/Delete/Modify/Copy/Import/Export, which permit the user to perform the named operation on annotations.
* @param string $form Names specifying additional form-field-related usage rights for the document. Valid names are: /Add/Delete/FillIn/Import/Export/SubmitStandalone/SpawnTemplate
* @param string $signature Names specifying additional signature-related usage rights for the document. The only defined value is /Modify, which permits a user to apply a digital signature to an existing signature form field or clear a signed signature form field.
* @since 2.9.000 (2008-03-26)
$annots= '/Create/Delete/Modify/Copy/Import/Export',
$form= '/Add/Delete/FillIn/Import/Export/SubmitStandalone/SpawnTemplate',
// This signature only works using the Adobe Private key that is unavailable!
* Enable document signature (requires the OpenSSL Library).
* The digital signature improve document authenticity and integrity and allows o enable extra features on Acrobat Reader.
* @param mixed $signing_cert signing certificate (string or filename prefixed with 'file://')
* @param mixed $private_key private key (string or filename prefixed with 'file://')
* @param string $private_key_password password
* @param string $extracerts specifies the name of a file containing a bunch of extra certificates to include in the signature which can for example be used to help the recipient to verify the certificate that you used.
* @param int $cert_type The access permissions granted for this document. Valid values shall be: 1 = No changes to the document shall be permitted; any change to the document shall invalidate the signature; 2 = Permitted changes shall be filling in forms, instantiating page templates, and signing; other changes shall invalidate the signature; 3 = Permitted changes shall be the same as for 2, as well as annotation creation, deletion, and modification; other changes shall invalidate the signature.
* @parm array $info array of option information: Name, Location, Reason, ContactInfo.
* @since 4.6.005 (2009-04-24)
public function setSignature($signing_cert= '', $private_key= '', $private_key_password= '', $extracerts= '', $cert_type= 2, $info= array()) {
// to create self-signed signature: openssl req -x509 -nodes -days 365000 -newkey rsa:1024 -keyout tcpdf.crt -out tcpdf.crt
// to convert pfx certificate to pem: openssl
// OpenSSL> pkcs12 -in <cert.pfx> -out <cert.crt> -nodes
if (strlen($signing_cert) == 0) {
$signing_cert = 'file://'. dirname(__FILE__ ). '/tcpdf.crt';
$private_key_password = 'tcpdfdemo';
if (strlen($private_key) == 0) {
$private_key = $signing_cert;
* Create a new page group.
* NOTE: call this function before calling AddPage()
* @param int $page starting group page (leave empty for next page).
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Defines an alias for the total number of pages.
* It will be substituted as the document is closed.
* @param string $alias The alias.
* @see getAliasNbPages(), PageNo(), Footer()
* Returns the string alias used for the total number of pages.
* If the current font is unicode type, the returned string is surrounded by additional curly braces.
* @since 4.0.018 (2008-08-08)
* @see AliasNbPages(), PageNo(), Footer()
* Defines an alias for the page number.
* It will be substituted as the document is closed.
* @param string $alias The alias.
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
* @see getAliasNbPages(), PageNo(), Footer()
//Define an alias for total number of pages
* Returns the string alias used for the page number.
* If the current font is unicode type, the returned string is surrounded by additional curly braces.
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
* @see AliasNbPages(), PageNo(), Footer()
* Return the current page in the group.
* @return current page in the group
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Returns the current group page number formatted as a string.
* @since 4.3.003 (2008-11-18)
* @see PaneNo(), formatPageNumber()
* Return the alias of the current page group
* If the current font is unicode type, the returned string is surrounded by additional curly braces.
* (will be replaced by the total number of pages in this group).
* @return alias of the current page group
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Return the alias for the page number on the current page group
* If the current font is unicode type, the returned string is surrounded by additional curly braces.
* (will be replaced by the total number of pages in this group).
* @return alias of the current page group
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
* Format the page numbers.
* This method can be overriden for custom formats.
* @param int $num page number
* @since 4.2.005 (2008-11-06)
* Format the page numbers on the Table Of Content.
* This method can be overriden for custom formats.
* @param int $num page number
* @since 4.5.001 (2009-01-04)
* Returns the current page number formatted as a string.
* @since 4.2.005 (2008-11-06)
* @see PaneNo(), formatPageNumber()
* Put visibility settings.
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
$this->_out('/Usage <</Print <</PrintState /ON>> /View <</ViewState /OFF>>>>>>');
$this->_out('/Usage <</Print <</PrintState /OFF>> /View <</ViewState /ON>>>>>>');
* Set the visibility of the successive elements.
* This can be useful, for instance, to put a background
* image or color that will show on screen but won't print.
* @param string $v visibility mode. Legal values are: all, print, screen.
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
// close existing open marked-content
$this->_out('/OC /OC1 BDC');
$this->_out('/OC /OC2 BDC');
$this->Error('Incorrect visibility: '. $v);
* Add transparency parameters to the current extgstate
* @param array $params parameters
* @return the number of extgstates
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* @param array $gs extgstate
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
* Put extgstates for object transparency
* @param array $gs extgstate
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
for ($i = 1; $i <= $ne; ++ $i) {
$this->_out('<</Type /ExtGState');
foreach ($this->extgstates[$i]['parms'] as $k => $v) {
$this->_out('/'. $k. ' '. $v);
* Set alpha for stroking (CA) and non-stroking (ca) operations.
* @param float $alpha real value from 0 (transparent) to 1 (opaque)
* @param string $bm blend mode, one of the following: Normal, Multiply, Screen, Overlay, Darken, Lighten, ColorDodge, ColorBurn, HardLight, SoftLight, Difference, Exclusion, Hue, Saturation, Color, Luminosity
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
public function setAlpha($alpha, $bm= 'Normal') {
$gs = $this->addExtGState(array('ca' => $alpha, 'CA' => $alpha, 'BM' => '/'. $bm));
* Set the default JPEG compression quality (1-100)
* @param int $quality JPEG quality, integer between 1 and 100
* @since 3.0.000 (2008-03-27)
if (($quality < 1) OR ($quality > 100)) {
* Set the default number of columns in a row for HTML tables.
* @param int $cols number of columns
* @since 3.0.014 (2008-06-04)
* Set the height of the cell (line height) respect the font height.
* @param int $h cell proportion respect font height (typical value = 1.25).
* @since 3.0.014 (2008-06-04)
* return the height of cell repect font height.
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
* Set the PDF version (check PDF reference for valid values).
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
* Set the viewer preferences dictionary controlling the way the document is to be presented on the screen or in print.
* (see Section 8.1 of PDF reference, "Viewer Preferences").
* <li>HideToolbar boolean (Optional) A flag specifying whether to hide the viewer application's tool bars when the document is active. Default value: false.</li>
* <li>HideMenubar boolean (Optional) A flag specifying whether to hide the viewer application's menu bar when the document is active. Default value: false.</li>
* <li>HideWindowUI boolean (Optional) A flag specifying whether to hide user interface elements in the document's window (such as scroll bars and navigation controls), leaving only the document's contents displayed. Default value: false.</li>
* <li>FitWindow boolean (Optional) A flag specifying whether to resize the document's window to fit the size of the first displayed page. Default value: false.</li>
* <li>CenterWindow boolean (Optional) A flag specifying whether to position the document's window in the center of the screen. Default value: false.</li>
* <li>DisplayDocTitle boolean (Optional; PDF 1.4) A flag specifying whether the window's title bar should display the document title taken from the Title entry of the document information dictionary (see Section 10.2.1, "Document Information Dictionary"). If false, the title bar should instead display the name of the PDF file containing the document. Default value: false.</li>
* <li>NonFullScreenPageMode name (Optional) The document's page mode, specifying how to display the document on exiting full-screen mode:<ul><li>UseNone Neither document outline nor thumbnail images visible</li><li>UseOutlines Document outline visible</li><li>UseThumbs Thumbnail images visible</li><li>UseOC Optional content group panel visible</li><ul>This entry is meaningful only if the value of the PageMode entry in the catalog dictionary (see Section 3.6.1, "Document Catalog") is FullScreen; it is ignored otherwise. Default value: UseNone.</li>
* <li>ViewArea name (Optional; PDF 1.4) The name of the page boundary representing the area of a page to be displayed when viewing the document on the screen. Valid values are (see Section 10.10.1, "Page Boundaries").:<ul><li>MediaBox</li><li>CropBox (default)</li><li>BleedBox</li><li>TrimBox</li><li>ArtBox</li></ul></li>
* <li>ViewClip name (Optional; PDF 1.4) The name of the page boundary to which the contents of a page are to be clipped when viewing the document on the screen. Valid values are (see Section 10.10.1, "Page Boundaries").:<ul><li>MediaBox</li><li>CropBox (default)</li><li>BleedBox</li><li>TrimBox</li><li>ArtBox</li></ul></li>
* <li>PrintArea name (Optional; PDF 1.4) The name of the page boundary representing the area of a page to be rendered when printing the document. Valid values are (see Section 10.10.1, "Page Boundaries").:<ul><li>MediaBox</li><li>CropBox (default)</li><li>BleedBox</li><li>TrimBox</li><li>ArtBox</li></ul></li>
* <li>PrintClip name (Optional; PDF 1.4) The name of the page boundary to which the contents of a page are to be clipped when printing the document. Valid values are (see Section 10.10.1, "Page Boundaries").:<ul><li>MediaBox</li><li>CropBox (default)</li><li>BleedBox</li><li>TrimBox</li><li>ArtBox</li></ul></li>
* <li>PrintScaling name (Optional; PDF 1.6) The page scaling option to be selected when a print dialog is displayed for this document. Valid values are: <ul><li>None, which indicates that the print dialog should reflect no page scaling</li><li>AppDefault (default), which indicates that applications should use the current print scaling</li><ul></li>
* <li>Duplex name (Optional; PDF 1.7) The paper handling option to use when printing the file from the print dialog. The following values are valid:<ul><li>Simplex - Print single-sided</li><li>DuplexFlipShortEdge - Duplex and flip on the short edge of the sheet</li><li>DuplexFlipLongEdge - Duplex and flip on the long edge of the sheet</li></ul>Default value: none</li>
* <li>PickTrayByPDFSize boolean (Optional; PDF 1.7) A flag specifying whether the PDF page size is used to select the input paper tray. This setting influences only the preset values used to populate the print dialog presented by a PDF viewer application. If PickTrayByPDFSize is true, the check box in the print dialog associated with input paper tray is checked. Note: This setting has no effect on Mac OS systems, which do not provide the ability to pick the input tray by size.</li>
* <li>PrintPageRange array (Optional; PDF 1.7) The page numbers used to initialize the print dialog box when the file is printed. The first page of the PDF file is denoted by 1. Each pair consists of the first and last pages in the sub-range. An odd number of integers causes this entry to be ignored. Negative numbers cause the entire array to be ignored. Default value: as defined by PDF viewer application</li>
* <li>NumCopies integer (Optional; PDF 1.7) The number of copies to be printed when the print dialog is opened for this file. Supported values are the integers 2 through 5. Values outside this range are ignored. Default value: as defined by PDF viewer application, but typically 1</li>
* @param array $preferences array of options.
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
* Paints a linear colour gradient.
* @param float $x abscissa of the top left corner of the rectangle.
* @param float $y ordinate of the top left corner of the rectangle.
* @param float $w width of the rectangle.
* @param float $h height of the rectangle.
* @param array $col1 first color (RGB components).
* @param array $col2 second color (RGB components).
* @param array $coords array of the form (x1, y1, x2, y2) which defines the gradient vector (see linear_gradient_coords.jpg). The default value is from left to right (x1=0, y1=0, x2=1, y2=0).
* @author Andreas Würmser, Nicola Asuni
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
public function LinearGradient($x, $y, $w, $h, $col1= array(), $col2= array(), $coords= array(0,0,1,0)) {
$this->Clip($x, $y, $w, $h);
$this->Gradient(2, $col1, $col2, $coords);
* Paints a radial colour gradient.
* @param float $x abscissa of the top left corner of the rectangle.
* @param float $y ordinate of the top left corner of the rectangle.
* @param float $w width of the rectangle.
* @param float $h height of the rectangle.
* @param array $col1 first color (RGB components).
* @param array $col2 second color (RGB components).
* @param array $coords array of the form (fx, fy, cx, cy, r) where (fx, fy) is the starting point of the gradient with color1, (cx, cy) is the center of the circle with color2, and r is the radius of the circle (see radial_gradient_coords.jpg). (fx, fy) should be inside the circle, otherwise some areas will not be defined.
* @author Andreas Würmser, Nicola Asuni
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
public function RadialGradient($x, $y, $w, $h, $col1= array(), $col2= array(), $coords= array(0.5,0.5,0.5,0.5,1)) {
$this->Clip($x, $y, $w, $h);
$this->Gradient(3, $col1, $col2, $coords);
* Paints a coons patch mesh.
* @param float $x abscissa of the top left corner of the rectangle.
* @param float $y ordinate of the top left corner of the rectangle.
* @param float $w width of the rectangle.
* @param float $h height of the rectangle.
* @param array $col1 first color (lower left corner) (RGB components).
* @param array $col2 second color (lower right corner) (RGB components).
* @param array $col3 third color (upper right corner) (RGB components).
* @param array $col4 fourth color (upper left corner) (RGB components).
* @param array $coords <ul><li>for one patch mesh: array(float x1, float y1, .... float x12, float y12): 12 pairs of coordinates (normally from 0 to 1) which specify the Bezier control points that define the patch. First pair is the lower left edge point, next is its right control point (control point 2). Then the other points are defined in the order: control point 1, edge point, control point 2 going counter-clockwise around the patch. Last (x12, y12) is the first edge point's left control point (control point 1).</li><li>for two or more patch meshes: array[number of patches]: arrays with the following keys for each patch: f: where to put that patch (0 = first patch, 1, 2, 3 = right, top and left of precedent patch - I didn't figure this out completely - just try and error ;-) points: 12 pairs of coordinates of the Bezier control points as above for the first patch, 8 pairs of coordinates for the following patches, ignoring the coordinates already defined by the precedent patch (I also didn't figure out the order of these - also: try and see what's happening) colors: must be 4 colors for the first patch, 2 colors for the following patches</li></ul>
* @param array $coords_min minimum value used by the coordinates. If a coordinate's value is smaller than this it will be cut to coords_min. default: 0
* @param array $coords_max maximum value used by the coordinates. If a coordinate's value is greater than this it will be cut to coords_max. default: 1
* @author Andreas Würmser, Nicola Asuni
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
public function CoonsPatchMesh($x, $y, $w, $h, $col1= array(), $col2= array(), $col3= array(), $col4= array(), $coords= array(0.00,0.0,0.33,0.00,0.67,0.00,1.00,0.00,1.00,0.33,1.00,0.67,1.00,1.00,0.67,1.00,0.33,1.00,0.00,1.00,0.00,0.67,0.00,0.33), $coords_min= 0, $coords_max= 1) {
$this->Clip($x, $y, $w, $h);
$this->gradients[$n]['type'] = 6; //coons patch mesh
//check the coords array if it is the simple array or the multi patch array
if (!isset ($coords[0]['f'])) {
//simple array -> convert to multi patch array
$col1[1] = $col1[2] = $col1[0];
$col2[1] = $col2[2] = $col2[0];
$col3[1] = $col3[2] = $col3[0];
$col4[1] = $col4[2] = $col4[0];
$patch_array[0]['f'] = 0;
$patch_array[0]['points'] = $coords;
$patch_array[0]['colors'][0]['r'] = $col1[0];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][0]['g'] = $col1[1];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][0]['b'] = $col1[2];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][1]['r'] = $col2[0];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][1]['g'] = $col2[1];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][1]['b'] = $col2[2];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][2]['r'] = $col3[0];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][2]['g'] = $col3[1];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][2]['b'] = $col3[2];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][3]['r'] = $col4[0];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][3]['g'] = $col4[1];
$patch_array[0]['colors'][3]['b'] = $col4[2];
$bpcd = 65535; //16 BitsPerCoordinate
$count_patch = count($patch_array);
for ($i= 0; $i < $count_patch; ++ $i) {
$this->gradients[$n]['stream'] .= chr($patch_array[$i]['f']); //start with the edge flag as 8 bit
$count_points = count($patch_array[$i]['points']);
for ($j= 0; $j < $count_points; ++ $j) {
$patch_array[$i]['points'][$j] = (($patch_array[$i]['points'][$j] - $coords_min) / ($coords_max - $coords_min)) * $bpcd;
if ($patch_array[$i]['points'][$j] < 0) {
$patch_array[$i]['points'][$j] = 0;
if ($patch_array[$i]['points'][$j] > $bpcd) {
$patch_array[$i]['points'][$j] = $bpcd;
$count_cols = count($patch_array[$i]['colors']);
for ($j= 0; $j < $count_cols; ++ $j) {
//each color component as 8 bit
$this->gradients[$n]['stream'] .= chr($patch_array[$i]['colors'][$j]['r']);
$this->gradients[$n]['stream'] .= chr($patch_array[$i]['colors'][$j]['g']);
$this->gradients[$n]['stream'] .= chr($patch_array[$i]['colors'][$j]['b']);
$this->_out('/Sh'. $n. ' sh');
//restore previous Graphic State
* Set a rectangular clipping area.
* @param float $x abscissa of the top left corner of the rectangle (or top right corner for RTL mode).
* @param float $y ordinate of the top left corner of the rectangle.
* @param float $w width of the rectangle.
* @param float $h height of the rectangle.
* @author Andreas Würmser, Nicola Asuni
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
protected function Clip($x, $y, $w, $h) {
//save current Graphic State
$s .= sprintf(' %.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F re W n', $x* $this->k, ($this->h- $y)* $this->k, $w* $this->k, - $h* $this->k);
//set up transformation matrix for gradient
$s .= sprintf(' %.3F 0 0 %.3F %.3F %.3F cm', $w* $this->k, $h* $this->k, $x* $this->k, ($this->h- ($y+ $h))* $this->k);
* @param int $type type of gradient.
* @param array $col1 first color (RGB components).
* @param array $col2 second color (RGB components).
* @param array $coords array of coordinates.
* @author Andreas Würmser, Nicola Asuni
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
protected function Gradient($type, $col1, $col2, $coords) {
$col1[1]= $col1[2]= $col1[0];
$this->gradients[$n]['col1'] = sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F', ($col1[0]/ 255), ($col1[1]/ 255), ($col1[2]/ 255));
$col2[1] = $col2[2] = $col2[0];
$this->gradients[$n]['col2'] = sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F', ($col2[0]/ 255), ($col2[1]/ 255), ($col2[2]/ 255));
$this->_out('/Sh'. $n. ' sh');
//restore previous Graphic State
* @author Andreas Würmser, Nicola Asuni
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
if (($grad['type'] == 2) OR ($grad['type'] == 3)) {
$this->_out('/FunctionType 2');
$this->_out('/Domain [0.0 1.0]');
$this->_out('/C0 ['. $grad['col1']. ']');
$this->_out('/C1 ['. $grad['col2']. ']');
$this->_out('/ShadingType '. $grad['type']);
$this->_out('/ColorSpace /DeviceRGB');
if ($grad['type'] == 2) {
$this->_out(sprintf('/Coords [%.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F]', $grad['coords'][0], $grad['coords'][1], $grad['coords'][2], $grad['coords'][3]));
$this->_out('/Function '. $f1. ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/Extend [true true] ');
} elseif ($grad['type'] == 3) {
//at this this time radius of inner circle is 0
$this->_out(sprintf('/Coords [%.3F %.3F 0 %.3F %.3F %.3F]', $grad['coords'][0], $grad['coords'][1], $grad['coords'][2], $grad['coords'][3], $grad['coords'][4]));
$this->_out('/Function '. $f1. ' 0 R');
$this->_out('/Extend [true true] ');
} elseif ($grad['type'] == 6) {
$this->_out('/BitsPerCoordinate 16');
$this->_out('/BitsPerComponent 8');
$this->_out('/Decode[0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1]');
$this->_out('/BitsPerFlag 8');
* @author Maxime Delorme, Nicola Asuni
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
protected function _outarc($x1, $y1, $x2, $y2, $x3, $y3 ) {
$this->_out(sprintf('%.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F %.2F c', $x1* $this->k, ($h- $y1)* $this->k, $x2* $this->k, ($h- $y2)* $this->k, $x3* $this->k, ($h- $y3)* $this->k));
* Draw the sector of a circle.
* It can be used for instance to render pie charts.
* @param float $xc abscissa of the center.
* @param float $yc ordinate of the center.
* @param float $r radius.
* @param float $a start angle (in degrees).
* @param float $b end angle (in degrees).
* @param string $style: D, F, FD or DF (draw, fill, fill and draw). Default: FD.
* @param float $cw: indicates whether to go clockwise (default: true).
* @param float $o: origin of angles (0 for 3 o'clock, 90 for noon, 180 for 9 o'clock, 270 for 6 o'clock). Default: 90.
* @author Maxime Delorme, Nicola Asuni
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
public function PieSector($xc, $yc, $r, $a, $b, $style= 'FD', $cw= true, $o= 90) {
$b = $b / 360 * 2 * M_PI;
$a = $a / 360 * 2 * M_PI;
} elseif ($style== 'FD' or $style== 'DF') {
$MyArc = 4/ 3 * (1 - cos($d/ 2)) / sin($d/ 2) * $r;
$this->_out(sprintf('%.2F %.2F m', ($xc)* $k, ($hp- $yc)* $k));
$this->_out(sprintf('%.2F %.2F l', ($xc+ $r* cos($a))* $k, (($hp- ($yc- $r* sin($a)))* $k)));
$this->_outarc($xc+ $r* cos($a)+ $MyArc* cos(M_PI/ 2+ $a), $yc- $r* sin($a)- $MyArc* sin(M_PI/ 2+ $a), $xc+ $r* cos($b)+ $MyArc* cos($b- M_PI/ 2), $yc- $r* sin($b)- $MyArc* sin($b- M_PI/ 2), $xc+ $r* cos($b), $yc- $r* sin($b));
$MyArc = 4/ 3* (1- cos($d/ 8))/ sin($d/ 8)* $r;
$this->_outarc($xc+ $r* cos($a)+ $MyArc* cos(M_PI/ 2+ $a), $yc- $r* sin($a)- $MyArc* sin(M_PI/ 2+ $a), $xc+ $r* cos($b)+ $MyArc* cos($b- M_PI/ 2), $yc- $r* sin($b)- $MyArc* sin($b- M_PI/ 2), $xc+ $r* cos($b), $yc- $r* sin($b));
$this->_outarc($xc+ $r* cos($a)+ $MyArc* cos(M_PI/ 2+ $a), $yc- $r* sin($a)- $MyArc* sin(M_PI/ 2+ $a), $xc+ $r* cos($b)+ $MyArc* cos($b- M_PI/ 2), $yc- $r* sin($b)- $MyArc* sin($b- M_PI/ 2), $xc+ $r* cos($b), $yc- $r* sin($b));
$this->_outarc($xc+ $r* cos($a)+ $MyArc* cos(M_PI/ 2+ $a), $yc- $r* sin($a)- $MyArc* sin(M_PI/ 2+ $a), $xc+ $r* cos($b)+ $MyArc* cos($b- M_PI/ 2), $yc- $r* sin($b)- $MyArc* sin($b- M_PI/ 2), $xc+ $r* cos($b), $yc- $r* sin($b) );
$this->_outarc($xc+ $r* cos($a)+ $MyArc* cos(M_PI/ 2+ $a), $yc- $r* sin($a)- $MyArc* sin(M_PI/ 2+ $a), $xc+ $r* cos($b)+ $MyArc* cos($b- M_PI/ 2), $yc- $r* sin($b)- $MyArc* sin($b- M_PI/ 2), $xc+ $r* cos($b), $yc- $r* sin($b));
* Embed vector-based Adobe Illustrator (AI) or AI-compatible EPS files.
* Only vector drawing is supported, not text or bitmap.
* Although the script was successfully tested with various AI format versions, best results are probably achieved with files that were exported in the AI3 format (tested with Illustrator CS2, Freehand MX and Photoshop CS2).
* @param string $file Name of the file containing the image.
* @param float $x Abscissa of the upper-left corner.
* @param float $y Ordinate of the upper-left corner.
* @param float $w Width of the image in the page. If not specified or equal to zero, it is automatically calculated.
* @param float $h Height of the image in the page. If not specified or equal to zero, it is automatically calculated.
* @param mixed $link URL or identifier returned by AddLink().
* @param boolean useBoundingBox specifies whether to position the bounding box (true) or the complete canvas (false) at location (x,y). Default value is true.
* @param string $align Indicates the alignment of the pointer next to image insertion relative to image height. The value can be:<ul><li>T: top-right for LTR or top-left for RTL</li><li>M: middle-right for LTR or middle-left for RTL</li><li>B: bottom-right for LTR or bottom-left for RTL</li><li>N: next line</li></ul>
* @param string $palign Allows to center or align the image on the current line. Possible values are:<ul><li>L : left align</li><li>C : center</li><li>R : right align</li><li>'' : empty string : left for LTR or right for RTL</li></ul>
* @param mixed $border Indicates if borders must be drawn around the image. The value can be either a number:<ul><li>0: no border (default)</li><li>1: frame</li></ul>or a string containing some or all of the following characters (in any order):<ul><li>L: left</li><li>T: top</li><li>R: right</li><li>B: bottom</li></ul>
* @author Valentin Schmidt, Nicola Asuni
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
public function ImageEps($file, $x= '', $y= '', $w= 0, $h= 0, $link= '', $useBoundingBox= true, $align= '', $palign= '', $border= 0) {
$this->Error('EPS file not found: '. $file);
// EPS/AI compatibility check (only checks files created by Adobe Illustrator!)
preg_match("/%%Creator:([^\r\n]+)/", $data, $regs); # find Creator
$version_str = trim($regs[1]); # e.g. "Adobe Illustrator(R) 8.0"
if (strpos($version_str, 'Adobe Illustrator') !== false) {
$versexp = explode(' ', $version_str);
$this->Error('This version of Adobe Illustrator file is not supported: '. $file);
// strip binary bytes in front of PS-header
$start = strpos($data, '%!PS-Adobe');
$data = substr($data, $start);
// find BoundingBox params
preg_match("/%%BoundingBox:([^\r\n]+)/", $data, $regs);
list ($x1, $y1, $x2, $y2) = explode(' ', trim($regs[1]));
$this->Error('No BoundingBox found in EPS file: '. $file);
$start = strpos($data, '%%EndSetup');
$start = strpos($data, '%%EndProlog');
$start = strpos($data, '%%BoundingBox');
$data = substr($data, $start);
$end = strpos($data, '%%PageTrailer');
$end = strpos($data, 'showpage');
$data = substr($data, 0, $end);
$scale_x = $w / (($x2 - $x1) / $k);
$scale_y = $h / (($y2 - $y1) / $k);
$h = ($y2 - $y1) / $k * $scale_y;
$scale_y = $h / (($y2 - $y1) / $k);
$w = ($x2- $x1) / $k * $scale_x;
// Check whether we need a new page first as this does not fit
// set right side coordinate
} elseif ($palign == 'C') {
$ximg = ($this->w - $x - $w) / 2;
// set right side coordinate
$ximg = $this->w - $x - $w;
// set left side coordinate
// set left side coordinate
} elseif ($palign == 'C') {
$ximg = ($this->w - $x - $w) / 2;
// set right side coordinate
// set right side coordinate
// save the current graphic state
$this->_out(sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F cm', 1, 0, 0, 1, $dx, $dy + ($this->hPt - (2 * $y * $k) - ($y2 - $y1))));
$this->_out(sprintf('%.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F %.3F cm', $scale_x, 0, 0, $scale_y, $x1 * (1 - $scale_x), $y2 * (1 - $scale_y)));
// handle pc/unix/mac line endings
for ($i= 0; $i < $cnt; ++ $i) {
if (($line == '') OR ($line{0} == '%')) {
if (($cmd == 'Xa') OR ($cmd == 'XA')) {
$this->_out(''. $r. ' '. $g. ' '. $b. ' '. ($cmd== 'Xa'? 'rg': 'RG')); //substr($line, 0, -2).'rg' -> in EPS (AI8): c m y k r g b rg!
case 'x': {// custom fill color
list ($c,$m,$y,$k) = $chunks;
$this->_out(''. $c. ' '. $m. ' '. $y. ' '. $k. ' k');
case 'X': { // custom stroke color
list ($c,$m,$y,$k) = $chunks;
$this->_out(''. $c. ' '. $m. ' '. $y. ' '. $k. ' K');
for ($j= $i+ 1; $j < $max; ++ $j)
$isU = ($isU OR (($lines[$j] == 'U') OR ($lines[$j] == '*U')));
// restore previous graphic state
$this->Cell($w, $h, '', $border, 0, '', 0, '', 0);
$this->Link($ximg, $y, $w, $h, $link, 0);
// set pointer to align the successive text/objects
* @param string $bc barcode
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
* Print a Linear Barcode.
* @param string $code code to print
* @param string $type type of barcode.
* @param int $x x position in user units
* @param int $y y position in user units
* @param int $w width in user units
* @param int $h height in user units
* @param float $xres width of the smallest bar in user units
* @param array $style array of options:<ul><li>string $style['position'] barcode position inside the specified width: L = left (default for LTR); C = center; R = right (default for RTL); S = stretch</li><li>boolean $style['border'] if true prints a border around the barcode</li><li>int $style['padding'] padding to leave around the barcode in user units</li><li>array $style['fgcolor'] color array for bars and text</li><li>mixed $style['bgcolor'] color array for background or false for transparent</li><li>boolean $style["text"] boolean if true prints text below the barcode</li><li>string $style['font'] font name for text</li><li>int $style['fontsize'] font size for text</li><li>int $style['stretchtext']: 0 = disabled; 1 = horizontal scaling only if necessary; 2 = forced horizontal scaling; 3 = character spacing only if necessary; 4 = forced character spacing</li></ul>
* @param string $align Indicates the alignment of the pointer next to barcode insertion relative to barcode height. The value can be:<ul><li>T: top-right for LTR or top-left for RTL</li><li>M: middle-right for LTR or middle-left for RTL</li><li>B: bottom-right for LTR or bottom-left for RTL</li><li>N: next line</li></ul>
* @since 3.1.000 (2008-06-09)
public function write1DBarcode($code, $type, $x= '', $y= '', $w= '', $h= '', $xres= 0.4, $style= '', $align= '') {
require_once(dirname(__FILE__ ). '/barcodes.php');
// save current graphic settings
// create new barcode object
$arrcode = $barcodeobj->getBarcodeArray();
if ($arrcode === false) {
$this->Error('Error in 1D barcode string');
if (!isset ($style['position'])) {
$style['position'] = 'R';
$style['position'] = 'L';
if (!isset ($style['padding'])) {
if (!isset ($style['fgcolor'])) {
$style['fgcolor'] = array(0,0,0); // default black
if (!isset ($style['bgcolor'])) {
$style['bgcolor'] = false; // default transparent
if (!isset ($style['border'])) {
$style['border'] = false;
if (!isset ($style['text'])) {
if ($style['text'] AND isset ($style['font'])) {
if (isset ($style['fontsize'])) {
$fontsize = $style['fontsize'];
$this->SetFont($style['font'], '', $fontsize);
if (!isset ($style['stretchtext'])) {
$style['stretchtext'] = 4;
$fbw = ($arrcode['maxw'] * $xres) + (2 * $style['padding']);
$extraspace = ($this->cell_height_ratio * $fontsize / $this->k) + (2 * $style['padding']);
$barh = $h - $extraspace;
switch ($style['position']) {
$xdiff = (($w - $fbw) / 2);
$xpos = $x - $w + $xdiff;
$xres = ($w - (2 * $style['padding'])) / $arrcode['maxw'];
$xpos = $xpos_rect + $style['padding'];
// barcode is always printed in LTR direction
// print background color
$this->Rect($xpos_rect, $y, $fbw, $h, $style['border'] ? 'DF' : 'F', '', $style['bgcolor']);
} elseif ($style['border']) {
$this->Rect($xpos_rect, $y, $fbw, $h, 'D');
if ($arrcode !== false) {
foreach ($arrcode['bcode'] as $k => $v) {
$ypos = $y + $style['padding'] + ($v['p'] * $barh / $arrcode['maxh']);
$this->Rect($xpos, $ypos, $bw, ($v['h'] * $barh / $arrcode['maxh']), 'F', array(), $style['fgcolor']);
$this->y = $y + $style['padding'] + $barh;
$this->Cell(($arrcode['maxw'] * $xres), ($this->cell_height_ratio * $fontsize / $this->k), $code, 0, 0, 'C', 0, '', $style['stretchtext']);
// restore original direction
// restore previous settings
// set left side coordinate
// set right side coordinate
// set pointer to align the successive text/objects
* This function is DEPRECATED, please use the new write1DBarcode() function.
* @param int $x x position in user units
* @param int $y y position in user units
* @param int $w width in user units
* @param int $h height position in user units
* @param string $type type of barcode (I25, C128A, C128B, C128C, C39)
* @param string $style barcode style
* @param string $font font for text
* @param int $xres x resolution
* @param string $code code to print
* @deprecated deprecated since version 3.1.000 (2008-06-10)
public function writeBarcode($x, $y, $w, $h, $type, $style, $font, $xres, $code) {
// convert old settings for the new write1DBarcode() function.
'fgcolor' => array(0,0,0),
$newstyle['border'] = true;
$newstyle['bgcolor'] = false;
$newstyle['position'] = 'C';
$newstyle['position'] = 'L';
$newstyle['position'] = 'R';
$newstyle['text'] = true;
$newstyle['stretchtext'] = 4;
$this->write1DBarcode($code, $type, $x, $y, $w, $h, $xres, $newstyle, '');
* @param string $code code to print
* @param string $type type of barcode.
* @param int $x x position in user units
* @param int $y y position in user units
* @param int $w width in user units
* @param int $h height in user units
* @param array $style array of options:<ul><li>boolean $style['border'] if true prints a border around the barcode</li><li>int $style['padding'] padding to leave around the barcode in user units</li><li>array $style['fgcolor'] color array for bars and text</li><li>mixed $style['bgcolor'] color array for background or false for transparent</li></ul>
* @param string $align Indicates the alignment of the pointer next to barcode insertion relative to barcode height. The value can be:<ul><li>T: top-right for LTR or top-left for RTL</li><li>M: middle-right for LTR or middle-left for RTL</li><li>B: bottom-right for LTR or bottom-left for RTL</li><li>N: next line</li></ul>
* @since 4.5.037 (2009-04-07)
public function write2DBarcode($code, $type, $x= '', $y= '', $w= '', $h= '', $style= '', $align= '') {
require_once(dirname(__FILE__ ). '/2dbarcodes.php');
// save current graphic settings
// create new barcode object
$arrcode = $barcodeobj->getBarcodeArray();
if ($arrcode === false) {
$this->Error('Error in 2D barcode string');
if (!isset ($style['padding'])) {
if (!isset ($style['fgcolor'])) {
$style['fgcolor'] = array(0,0,0); // default black
if (!isset ($style['bgcolor'])) {
$style['bgcolor'] = false; // default transparent
if (!isset ($style['border'])) {
$style['border'] = false;
// 2d barcodes are square by default
// calculate barcode size (excluding padding)
$bw = $w - (2 * $style['padding']);
$bh = $h - (2 * $style['padding']);
// calculate starting coordinates
$xpos += $style['padding'];
$ypos = $y + $style['padding'];
// barcode is always printed in LTR direction
// print background color
$this->Rect($x, $y, $w, $h, $style['border'] ? 'DF' : 'F', '', $style['bgcolor']);
} elseif ($style['border']) {
$this->Rect($x, $y, $w, $h, 'D');
if ($arrcode !== false) {
$rows = $arrcode['num_rows'];
$cols = $arrcode['num_cols'];
// calculate dimension of single barcode cell
for ($r = 0; $r < $rows; ++ $r) {
for ($c = 0; $c < $cols; ++ $c) {
if ($arrcode['bcode'][$r][$c] == 1) {
// draw a single barcode cell
$this->Rect($xr, $ypos, $cw, $ch, 'F', array(), $style['fgcolor']);
// restore original direction
// restore previous settings
// set left side coordinate
// set right side coordinate
// set pointer to align the successive text/objects
* Returns an array containing current margins:
<li>$ret['left'] = left margin</li>
<li>$ret['right'] = right margin</li>
<li>$ret['top'] = top margin</li>
<li>$ret['bottom'] = bottom margin</li>
<li>$ret['header'] = header margin</li>
<li>$ret['footer'] = footer margin</li>
<li>$ret['cell'] = cell margin</li>
* @return array containing all margins measures
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-06-23)
* Returns an array containing original margins:
<li>$ret['left'] = left margin</li>
<li>$ret['right'] = right margin</li>
* @return array containing all margins measures
* @since 4.0.012 (2008-07-24)
* Returns the current font size.
* @return current font size
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-06-23)
* Returns the current font size in points unit.
* @return current font size in points unit
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-06-23)
* Returns the current font family name.
* @return string current font family name
* @since 4.3.008 (2008-12-05)
* Returns the current font style.
* @return string current font style
* @since 4.3.008 (2008-12-05)
* Prints a cell (rectangular area) with optional borders, background color and html text string.
* The upper-left corner of the cell corresponds to the current position. After the call, the current position moves to the right or to the next line.<br />
* If automatic page breaking is enabled and the cell goes beyond the limit, a page break is done before outputting.
* @param float $w Cell width. If 0, the cell extends up to the right margin.
* @param float $h Cell minimum height. The cell extends automatically if needed.
* @param float $x upper-left corner X coordinate
* @param float $y upper-left corner Y coordinate
* @param string $html html text to print. Default value: empty string.
* @param mixed $border Indicates if borders must be drawn around the cell. The value can be either a number:<ul><li>0: no border (default)</li><li>1: frame</li></ul>or a string containing some or all of the following characters (in any order):<ul><li>L: left</li><li>T: top</li><li>R: right</li><li>B: bottom</li></ul>
* @param int $ln Indicates where the current position should go after the call. Possible values are:<ul><li>0: to the right (or left for RTL language)</li><li>1: to the beginning of the next line</li><li>2: below</li></ul>
Putting 1 is equivalent to putting 0 and calling Ln() just after. Default value: 0.
* @param int $fill Indicates if the cell background must be painted (1) or transparent (0). Default value: 0.
* @param boolean $reseth if true reset the last cell height (default true).
* @param string $align Allows to center or align the text. Possible values are:<ul><li>L : left align</li><li>C : center</li><li>R : right align</li><li>'' : empty string : left for LTR or right for RTL</li></ul>
* @param boolean $autopadding if true, uses internal padding and automatically adjust it to account for line width.
* @see Multicell(), writeHTML()
public function writeHTMLCell($w, $h, $x, $y, $html= '', $border= 0, $ln= 0, $fill= 0, $reseth= true, $align= '', $autopadding= true) {
return $this->MultiCell($w, $h, $html, $border, $align, $fill, $ln, $x, $y, $reseth, 0, true, $autopadding, 0);
* Returns the HTML DOM array.
* <ul><li>$dom[$key]['tag'] = true if tag, false otherwise;</li><li>$dom[$key]['value'] = tag name or text;</li><li>$dom[$key]['opening'] = true if opening tag, false otherwise;</li><li>$dom[$key]['attribute'] = array of attributes (attribute name is the key);</li><li>$dom[$key]['style'] = array of style attributes (attribute name is the key);</li><li>$dom[$key]['parent'] = id of parent element;</li><li>$dom[$key]['fontname'] = font family name;</li><li>$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] = font style;</li><li>$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = font size in points;</li><li>$dom[$key]['bgcolor'] = RGB array of background color;</li><li>$dom[$key]['fgcolor'] = RGB array of foreground color;</li><li>$dom[$key]['width'] = width in pixels;</li><li>$dom[$key]['height'] = height in pixels;</li><li>$dom[$key]['align'] = text alignment;</li><li>$dom[$key]['cols'] = number of colums in table;</li><li>$dom[$key]['rows'] = number of rows in table;</li></ul>
* @param string $html html code
* @since 3.2.000 (2008-06-20)
// remove all unsupported tags (the line below lists all supported tags)
$html = strip_tags($html, '<marker/><a><b><blockquote><br><br/><dd><del><div><dl><dt><em><font><form><h1><h2><h3><h4><h5><h6><hr><i><img><input><label><li><ol><option><p><pre><select><small><span><strong><sub><sup><table><tablehead><tcpdf><td><textarea><th><thead><tr><tt><u><ul>');
//replace some blank characters
$html = preg_replace('/<pre/', '<xre', $html); // preserve pre tag
$html = preg_replace('/<(table|tr|td|th|tcpdf|blockquote|dd|div|dt|form|h1|h2|h3|h4|h5|h6|br|hr|li|ol|ul|p)([^\>]*)>[\n\r\t]+/', '<\\1\\2>', $html);
$repTable = array("\t" => ' ', "\0" => ' ', "\x0B" => ' ', "\\" => "\\\\");
$html = strtr($html, $repTable);
while (($offset < strlen($html)) AND ($pos = strpos($html, '</pre>', $offset)) !== false) {
$html_a = substr($html, 0, $offset);
$html_b = substr($html, $offset, ($pos - $offset + 6));
while (preg_match("'<xre([^\>]*)>(.*?)\n(.*?)</pre>'si", $html_b)) {
// preserve newlines on <pre> tag
$html_b = preg_replace("'<xre([^\>]*)>(.*?)\n(.*?)</pre>'si", "<xre\\1>\\2<br />\\3</pre>", $html_b);
$html = $html_a. $html_b. substr($html, $pos + 6);
$offset = strlen($html_a. $html_b);
while (($offset < strlen($html)) AND ($pos = strpos($html, '</textarea>', $offset)) !== false) {
$html_a = substr($html, 0, $offset);
$html_b = substr($html, $offset, ($pos - $offset + 11));
while (preg_match("'<textarea([^\>]*)>(.*?)\n(.*?)</textarea>'si", $html_b)) {
// preserve newlines on <textarea> tag
$html_b = preg_replace("'<textarea([^\>]*)>(.*?)\n(.*?)</textarea>'si", "<textarea\\1>\\2<TBR>\\3</textarea>", $html_b);
$html_b = preg_replace("'<textarea([^\>]*)>(.*?)[\"](.*?)</textarea>'si", "<textarea\\1>\\2''\\3</textarea>", $html_b);
$html = $html_a. $html_b. substr($html, $pos + 11);
$offset = strlen($html_a. $html_b);
$html = preg_replace("'([\s]*)<option'si", "<option", $html);
$html = preg_replace("'</option>([\s]*)'si", "</option>", $html);
while (($offset < strlen($html)) AND ($pos = strpos($html, '</option>', $offset)) !== false) {
$html_a = substr($html, 0, $offset);
$html_b = substr($html, $offset, ($pos - $offset + 9));
while (preg_match("'<option([^\>]*)>(.*?)</option>'si", $html_b)) {
$html_b = preg_replace("'<option([\s]+)value=\"([^\"]*)\"([^\>]*)>(.*?)</option>'si", "\\2\t\\4\r", $html_b);
$html_b = preg_replace("'<option([^\>]*)>(.*?)</option>'si", "\\2\r", $html_b);
$html = $html_a. $html_b. substr($html, $pos + 9);
$offset = strlen($html_a. $html_b);
$html = preg_replace("'<select([^\>]*)>'si", "<select\\1 opt=\"", $html);
$html = preg_replace("'([\s]+)</select>'si", "\" />", $html);
// restore textarea newlines
// remove extra spaces from code
$html = preg_replace('/[\s]+<\/(table|tr|td|th|ul|ol|li)>/', '</\\1>', $html);
$html = preg_replace('/[\s]+<(tr|td|th|ul|ol|li|br)/', '<\\1', $html);
$html = preg_replace('/<\/(table|tr|td|th|blockquote|dd|div|dt|h1|h2|h3|h4|h5|h6|hr|li|ol|ul|p)>[\s]+</', '</\\1><', $html);
$html = preg_replace('/<\/(td|th)>/', '<marker style="font-size:0"/></\\1>', $html);
$html = preg_replace('/<\/table>([\s]*)<marker style="font-size:0"\/>/', '</table>', $html);
$html = preg_replace('/<img([^\>]*)>/xi', '<img\\1><span></span>', $html);
$html = preg_replace('/<xre/', '<pre', $html); // restore pre tag
$html = preg_replace('/<textarea([^\>]*)>/xi', '<textarea\\1 value="', $html);
// pattern for generic tag
$tagpattern = '/(<[^>]+>)/';
$a = preg_split($tagpattern, $html, - 1, PREG_SPLIT_DELIM_CAPTURE | PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY);
// create an array of elements
// set first void element
$dom[$key]['tag'] = false;
$dom[$key]['value'] = '';
$dom[$key]['parent'] = 0;
$dom[$key]['bgcolor'] = false;
$dom[$key]['fgcolor'] = $this->fgcolor;
$dom[$key]['align'] = '';
$dom[$key]['listtype'] = '';
$dom[$key]['text-indent'] = 0;
$thead = false; // true when we are inside the THEAD tag
while ($elkey < $maxel) {
$dom[$key]['elkey'] = $elkey;
$element = substr($element, 1, - 1);
preg_match('/[\/]?([a-zA-Z0-9]*)/', $element, $tag);
// check if we are inside a table header
if ($tagname == 'thead') {
if ($element{0} == '/') {
$dom[$key]['tag'] = true;
$dom[$key]['value'] = $tagname;
if ($element{0} == '/') {
$dom[$key]['opening'] = false;
$dom[$key]['parent'] = end($level);
$dom[$key]['fontname'] = $dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['fontname'];
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] = $dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['fontstyle'];
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['fontsize'];
$dom[$key]['bgcolor'] = $dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['bgcolor'];
$dom[$key]['fgcolor'] = $dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['fgcolor'];
$dom[$key]['align'] = $dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['align'];
if (isset ($dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['listtype'])) {
$dom[$key]['listtype'] = $dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['listtype'];
// set the number of columns in table tag
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'tr') AND (!isset ($dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['cols']))) {
$dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['cols'] = $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['cols'];
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'td') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'th')) {
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['content'] = '';
for ($i = ($dom[$key]['parent'] + 1); $i < $key; ++ $i) {
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['content'] .= $a[$dom[$i]['elkey']];
// store header rows on a new table
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'tr') AND ($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['thead'] === true)) {
if ($this->empty_string($dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['thead'])) {
$dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['thead'] = $a[$dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['elkey']];
for ($i = $dom[$key]['parent']; $i <= $key; ++ $i) {
$dom[($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'])]['thead'] .= $a[$dom[$i]['elkey']];
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'table') AND (!$this->empty_string($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['thead']))) {
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['thead'] .= '</tablehead>';
$dom[$key]['opening'] = true;
$dom[$key]['parent'] = end($level);
if (substr($element, - 1, 1) != '/') {
$dom[$key]['self'] = false;
$dom[$key]['self'] = true;
// copy some values from parent
$parentkey = $dom[$key]['parent'];
$dom[$key]['fontname'] = $dom[$parentkey]['fontname'];
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] = $dom[$parentkey]['fontstyle'];
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[$parentkey]['fontsize'];
$dom[$key]['bgcolor'] = $dom[$parentkey]['bgcolor'];
$dom[$key]['fgcolor'] = $dom[$parentkey]['fgcolor'];
$dom[$key]['align'] = $dom[$parentkey]['align'];
$dom[$key]['listtype'] = $dom[$parentkey]['listtype'];
$dom[$key]['text-indent'] = $dom[$parentkey]['text-indent'];
preg_match_all('/([^=\s]*)=["]?([^"]*)["]?/', $element, $attr_array, PREG_PATTERN_ORDER);
$dom[$key]['attribute'] = array(); // reset attribute array
while (list ($id, $name) = each($attr_array[1])) {
$dom[$key]['attribute'][strtolower($name)] = $attr_array[2][$id];
// split style attributes
if (isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['style'])) {
preg_match_all('/([^;:\s]*):([^;]*)/', $dom[$key]['attribute']['style'], $style_array, PREG_PATTERN_ORDER);
$dom[$key]['style'] = array(); // reset style attribute array
while (list ($id, $name) = each($style_array[1])) {
// --- get some style attributes ---
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['font-family'])) {
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['font-family'])) {
foreach ($fontslist as $font) {
$dom[$key]['fontname'] = $font;
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['list-style-type'])) {
$dom[$key]['listtype'] = trim(strtolower($dom[$key]['style']['list-style-type']));
if ($dom[$key]['listtype'] == 'inherit') {
$dom[$key]['listtype'] = $dom[$parentkey]['listtype'];
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['text-indent'])) {
$dom[$key]['text-indent'] = $this->getHTMLUnitToUnits($dom[$key]['style']['text-indent']);
if ($dom[$key]['text-indent'] == 'inherit') {
$dom[$key]['text-indent'] = $dom[$parentkey]['text-indent'];
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['font-size'])) {
$fsize = trim($dom[$key]['style']['font-size']);
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[0]['fontsize'] - 4;
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[0]['fontsize'] - 3;
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[0]['fontsize'] - 2;
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[0]['fontsize'];
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[0]['fontsize'] + 2;
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[0]['fontsize'] + 4;
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[0]['fontsize'] + 6;
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[$parentkey]['fontsize'] - 3;
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[$parentkey]['fontsize'] + 3;
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $this->getHTMLUnitToUnits($fsize, $dom[$parentkey]['fontsize'], 'pt', true);
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['font-weight']) AND (strtolower($dom[$key]['style']['font-weight']{0}) == 'b')) {
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] .= 'B';
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['font-style']) AND (strtolower($dom[$key]['style']['font-style']{0}) == 'i')) {
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] .= '"I';
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['color']) AND (!$this->empty_string($dom[$key]['style']['color']))) {
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['background-color']) AND (!$this->empty_string($dom[$key]['style']['background-color']))) {
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['text-decoration'])) {
foreach ($decors as $dec) {
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] .= 'U';
} elseif ($dec{0} == 'l') {
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] .= 'D';
// check for width attribute
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['width'])) {
$dom[$key]['width'] = $dom[$key]['style']['width'];
// check for height attribute
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['height'])) {
$dom[$key]['height'] = $dom[$key]['style']['height'];
// check for text alignment
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['text-align'])) {
$dom[$key]['align'] = strtoupper($dom[$key]['style']['text-align']{0});
// check for border attribute
if (isset ($dom[$key]['style']['border'])) {
$dom[$key]['attribute']['border'] = $dom[$key]['style']['border'];
if ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'font') {
if (isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['face'])) {
foreach ($fontslist as $font) {
$dom[$key]['fontname'] = $font;
if (isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['size'])) {
if ($dom[$key]['attribute']['size']{0} == '+') {
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['fontsize'] + intval(substr($dom[$key]['attribute']['size'], 1));
} elseif ($dom[$key]['attribute']['size']{0} == '-') {
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['fontsize'] - intval(substr($dom[$key]['attribute']['size'], 1));
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = intval($dom[$key]['attribute']['size']);
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = intval($dom[$key]['attribute']['size']);
// force natural alignment for lists
if ((($dom[$key]['value'] == 'ul') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'ol') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'dl'))
AND (!isset ($dom[$key]['align']) OR $this->empty_string($dom[$key]['align']) OR ($dom[$key]['align'] != 'J'))) {
$dom[$key]['align'] = 'R';
$dom[$key]['align'] = 'L';
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'small') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'sup') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'sub')) {
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'strong') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'b')) {
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] .= 'B';
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'em') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'i')) {
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] .= 'I';
if ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'u') {
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] .= 'U';
if ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'del') {
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] .= 'D';
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'pre') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'tt')) {
if (($dom[$key]['value']{0} == 'h') AND (intval($dom[$key]['value']{1}) > 0) AND (intval($dom[$key]['value']{1}) < 7)) {
$headsize = (4 - intval($dom[$key]['value']{1})) * 2;
$dom[$key]['fontsize'] = $dom[0]['fontsize'] + $headsize;
$dom[$key]['fontstyle'] .= 'B';
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'table')) {
$dom[$key]['rows'] = 0; // number of rows
$dom[$key]['trids'] = array(); // IDs of TR elements
$dom[$key]['thead'] = ''; // table header rows
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'tr')) {
// store the number of rows on table element
++ $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['rows'];
// store the TR elements IDs on table element
array_push($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['trids'], $key);
$dom[$key]['thead'] = true;
$dom[$key]['thead'] = false;
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'th') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'td')) {
if (isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['colspan'])) {
$colspan = intval($dom[$key]['attribute']['colspan']);
$dom[$key]['attribute']['colspan'] = $colspan;
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['cols'] += $colspan;
// set foreground color attribute
if (isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['color']) AND (!$this->empty_string($dom[$key]['attribute']['color']))) {
// set background color attribute
if (isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['bgcolor']) AND (!$this->empty_string($dom[$key]['attribute']['bgcolor']))) {
// check for width attribute
if (isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['width'])) {
$dom[$key]['width'] = $dom[$key]['attribute']['width'];
// check for height attribute
if (isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['height'])) {
$dom[$key]['height'] = $dom[$key]['attribute']['height'];
// check for text alignment
if (isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['align']) AND (!$this->empty_string($dom[$key]['attribute']['align'])) AND ($dom[$key]['value'] !== 'img')) {
$dom[$key]['align'] = strtoupper($dom[$key]['attribute']['align']{0});
$dom[$key]['tag'] = false;
$dom[$key]['parent'] = end($level);
* Allows to preserve some HTML formatting (limited support).<br />
* IMPORTANT: The HTML must be well formatted - try to clean-up it using an application like HTML-Tidy before submitting.
* Supported tags are: a, b, blockquote, br, dd, del, div, dl, dt, em, font, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, hr, i, img, li, ol, p, pre, small, span, strong, sub, sup, table, tcpdf, td, th, thead, tr, tt, u, ul
* @param string $html text to display
* @param boolean $ln if true add a new line after text (default = true)
* @param int $fill Indicates if the background must be painted (true) or transparent (false).
* @param boolean $reseth if true reset the last cell height (default false).
* @param boolean $cell if true add the default cMargin space to each Write (default false).
* @param string $align Allows to center or align the text. Possible values are:<ul><li>L : left align</li><li>C : center</li><li>R : right align</li><li>'' : empty string : left for LTR or right for RTL</li></ul>
public function writeHTML($html, $ln= true, $fill= false, $reseth= false, $cell= false, $align= '') {
$startlinepage = $this->page;
$minstartliney = $this->y;
$this_method_vars = array();
$blocktags = array('blockquote','br','dd','div','dt','h1','h2','h3','h4','h5','h6','hr','li','ol','p','ul','tcpdf');
if ($dom[$key]['tag'] AND $dom[$key]['opening'] AND isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['nobr']) AND ($dom[$key]['attribute']['nobr'] == 'true')) {
if (isset ($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['attribute']['nobr']) AND ($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['attribute']['nobr'] == 'true')) {
$dom[$key]['attribute']['nobr'] = false;
$this_method_vars['html'] = $html;
$this_method_vars['ln'] = $ln;
$this_method_vars['fill'] = $fill;
$this_method_vars['reseth'] = $reseth;
$this_method_vars['cell'] = $cell;
$this_method_vars['align'] = $align;
$this_method_vars['gvars'] = $gvars;
$this_method_vars['prevPage'] = $prevPage;
$this_method_vars['prevlMargin'] = $prevlMargin;
$this_method_vars['prevrMargin'] = $prevrMargin;
$this_method_vars['curfontname'] = $curfontname;
$this_method_vars['curfontstyle'] = $curfontstyle;
$this_method_vars['curfontsize'] = $curfontsize;
$this_method_vars['minstartliney'] = $minstartliney;
$this_method_vars['yshift'] = $yshift;
$this_method_vars['startlinepage'] = $startlinepage;
$this_method_vars['startlinepos'] = $startlinepos;
$this_method_vars['startlinex'] = $startlinex;
$this_method_vars['startliney'] = $startliney;
$this_method_vars['newline'] = $newline;
$this_method_vars['loop'] = $loop;
$this_method_vars['curpos'] = $curpos;
$this_method_vars['pask'] = $pask;
$this_method_vars['lalign'] = $lalign;
$this_method_vars['plalign'] = $plalign;
$this_method_vars['w'] = $w;
$this_method_vars['prev_listnum'] = $prev_listnum;
$this_method_vars['prev_listordered'] = $prev_listordered;
$this_method_vars['prev_listcount'] = $prev_listcount;
$this_method_vars['prev_lispacer'] = $prev_lispacer;
$this_method_vars['key'] = $key;
$this_method_vars['dom'] = $dom;
if ($dom[$key]['tag'] OR ($key == 0)) {
if ((($dom[$key]['value'] == 'table') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'tr')) AND (isset ($dom[$key]['align']))) {
$dom[$key]['align'] = ($this->rtl) ? 'R' : 'L';
// vertically align image in line
AND ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'img')
AND (isset ($dom[$key]['attribute']['height']))
AND ($dom[$key]['attribute']['height'] > 0)) {
if ($this->page > $startlinepage) {
// fix line splitted over two pages
if (isset ($this->footerlen[$startlinepage])) {
// line to be moved one page forward
$linebeg = substr($pagebuff, $startlinepos, ($curpos - $startlinepos));
$tstart = substr($pagebuff, 0, $startlinepos);
// remove line from previous page
// add line start to current page
$yshift = $minstartliney - $this->y;
$try = sprintf('1 0 0 1 0 %.3F cm', ($yshift * $this->k));
// shift the annotations and links
foreach ($this->PageAnnots[$startlinepage] as $pak => $pac) {
$startlinepage = $this->page;
$this->y += (($curfontsize / $this->k) - $imgh);
$minstartliney = min($this->y, $minstartliney);
} elseif (isset ($dom[$key]['fontname']) OR isset ($dom[$key]['fontstyle']) OR isset ($dom[$key]['fontsize'])) {
// account for different font size
$pfontname = $curfontname;
$pfontstyle = $curfontstyle;
$pfontsize = $curfontsize;
$fontname = isset ($dom[$key]['fontname']) ? $dom[$key]['fontname'] : $curfontname;
$fontstyle = isset ($dom[$key]['fontstyle']) ? $dom[$key]['fontstyle'] : $curfontstyle;
$fontsize = isset ($dom[$key]['fontsize']) ? $dom[$key]['fontsize'] : $curfontsize;
if (($fontname != $curfontname) OR ($fontstyle != $curfontstyle) OR ($fontsize != $curfontsize)) {
$this->SetFont($fontname, $fontstyle, $fontsize);
AND is_numeric($curfontsize) AND ($curfontsize > 0)
AND ($fontsize != $curfontsize) AND (!$this->newline)
AND ($key < ($maxel - 1))
if ((!$this->newline) AND ($this->page > $startlinepage)) {
// fix lines splitted over two pages
if (isset ($this->footerlen[$startlinepage])) {
// line to be moved one page forward
$linebeg = substr($pagebuff, $startlinepos, ($curpos - $startlinepos));
$tstart = substr($pagebuff, 0, $startlinepos);
// remove line start from previous page
// add line start to current page
$yshift = $minstartliney - $this->y;
$try = sprintf('1 0 0 1 0 %.3F cm', ($yshift * $this->k));
// shift the annotations and links
foreach ($this->PageAnnots[$startlinepage] as $pak => $pac) {
if (($dom[$key]['value'] != 'td') AND ($dom[$key]['value'] != 'th')) {
$this->y += (($curfontsize - $fontsize) / $this->k);
$minstartliney = min($this->y, $minstartliney);
$curfontname = $fontname;
$curfontstyle = $fontstyle;
$curfontsize = $fontsize;
if (($plalign == 'J') AND (in_array($dom[$key]['value'], $blocktags))) {
// get current position on page buffer
$curpos = $this->pagelen[$startlinepage];
if (isset ($dom[$key]['bgcolor']) AND ($dom[$key]['bgcolor'] !== false)) {
if (isset ($dom[$key]['fgcolor']) AND ($dom[$key]['fgcolor'] !== false)) {
if (isset ($dom[$key]['align'])) {
$lalign = $dom[$key]['align'];
if ($this->newline AND (strlen($dom[$key]['value']) > 0) AND ($dom[$key]['value'] != 'td') AND ($dom[$key]['value'] != 'th')) {
// we are at the beginning of a new line
if (isset ($startlinex)) {
$yshift = $minstartliney - $startliney;
if (($yshift > 0) OR ($this->page > $startlinepage)) {
if ((isset ($plalign) AND ((($plalign == 'C') OR ($plalign == 'J') OR (($plalign == 'R') AND (!$this->rtl)) OR (($plalign == 'L') AND ($this->rtl))))) OR ($yshift < 0)) {
// the last line must be shifted to be aligned as requested
if (isset ($opentagpos) AND isset ($this->footerlen[$startlinepage]) AND (!$this->InFooter)) {
$midpos = min($opentagpos, $this->footerpos[$startlinepage]);
} elseif (isset ($opentagpos)) {
$pmid = substr($this->getPageBuffer($startlinepage), $startlinepos, ($midpos - $startlinepos));
// calculate shifting amount
if ($this->lMargin != $prevlMargin) {
$tw += ($prevlMargin - $this->lMargin);
if ($this->rMargin != $prevrMargin) {
$tw += ($prevrMargin - $this->rMargin);
$mdiff = abs($tw - $linew);
} elseif (($plalign == 'R') AND (!$this->rtl)) {
// right alignment on LTR document
} elseif (($plalign == 'L') AND ($this->rtl)) {
// left alignment on RTL document
} elseif (($plalign == 'J') AND ($plalign == $lalign)) {
// escape special characters
$pmidtemp = preg_replace('/[\\\][\(]/x', '\\#!#OP#!#', $pmidtemp);
$pmidtemp = preg_replace('/[\\\][\)]/x', '\\#!#CP#!#', $pmidtemp);
if (preg_match_all('/\[\(([^\)]*)\)\]/x', $pmidtemp, $lnstring, PREG_PATTERN_ORDER)) {
$maxkk = count($lnstring[1]) - 1;
for ($kk= 0; $kk <= $maxkk; ++ $kk) {
// restore special characters
$lnstring[1][$kk] = str_replace('#!#OP#!#', '(', $lnstring[1][$kk]);
$lnstring[1][$kk] = str_replace('#!#CP#!#', ')', $lnstring[1][$kk]);
$tvalue = ltrim($lnstring[1][$kk]);
$tvalue = rtrim($lnstring[1][$kk]);
$tvalue = $lnstring[1][$kk];
// calculate additional space to add to each space
$spacewidth = (($tw - $linew + (($no - $ns) * $spacelen)) / ($ns? $ns: 1)) * $this->k;
$spacewidthu = - 1000 * ($tw - $linew + ($no * $spacelen)) / ($ns? $ns: 1) / $this->FontSize;
while (preg_match('/([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s](Td|cm|m|l|c|re)[\s]/x', $pmid, $strpiece, PREG_OFFSET_CAPTURE, $offset) == 1) {
// check if we are inside a string section '[( ... )]'
$stroffset = strpos($pmid, '[(', $offset);
if (($stroffset !== false) AND ($stroffset <= $strpiece[2][1])) {
// set offset to the end of string section
$offset = strpos($pmid, ')]', $stroffset);
while (($offset !== false) AND ($pmid{($offset - 1)} == '\\')) {
$offset = strpos($pmid, ')]', ($offset + 1));
$this->Error('HTML Justification: malformed PDF code.');
$spacew = ($spacewidth * ($nsmax - $ns));
$spacew = ($spacewidth * $ns);
$offset = $strpiece[2][1] + strlen($strpiece[2][0]);
if ((($epsposbeg > 0) AND ($epsposend > 0) AND ($offset > $epsposbeg) AND ($offset < $epsposend))
OR (($epsposbeg === false) AND ($epsposend > 0) AND ($offset < $epsposend))) {
$trx = sprintf('1 0 0 1 %.3F 0 cm', $spacew);
$pmid_b = substr($pmid, 0, $epsposbeg);
$pmid_m = substr($pmid, $epsposbeg, ($epsposend - $epsposbeg));
$pmid_e = substr($pmid, $epsposend);
$pmid = $pmid_b. "\nq\n". $trx. "\n". $pmid_m. "\nQ\n". $pmid_e;
$prev_epsposbeg = $epsposbeg;
switch ($strpiece[2][0]) {
// get current X position
preg_match('/([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]('. $strpiece[1][0]. ')[\s]('. $strpiece[2][0]. ')([\s]*)/x', $pmid, $xmatches);
$currentxpos = $xmatches[1];
if (($strcount <= $maxkk) AND ($strpiece[2][0] == 'Td')) {
if ($strcount == $maxkk) {
$tvalue = $lnstring[1][$strcount];
$tvalue = rtrim($lnstring[1][$strcount]);
$tvalue = $lnstring[1][$strcount];
$spacew = ($spacewidth * ($nsmax - $ns));
$pmid = preg_replace_callback('/([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]('. $strpiece[1][0]. ')[\s]('. $strpiece[2][0]. ')([\s]*)/x',
$newx = sprintf("%.2F",(floatval($matches[1]) + $spacew));
return "".$newx." ".$matches[2]." x*#!#*x".$matches[3].$matches[4];'), $pmid, 1);
// get current X position
preg_match('/([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]('. $strpiece[1][0]. ')[\s]('. $strpiece[2][0]. ')([\s]*)/x', $pmid, $xmatches);
$currentxpos = $xmatches[1];
$pmid = preg_replace_callback('/([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]('. $strpiece[1][0]. ')[\s]('. $strpiece[2][0]. ')([\s]*)/x',
$newx = sprintf("%.2F",(floatval($matches[1]) + $spacew));
return "".$newx." ".$matches[2]." ".$matches[3]." ".$matches[4]." x*#!#*x".$matches[5].$matches[6];'), $pmid, 1);
// get current X position
preg_match('/([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]('. $strpiece[1][0]. ')[\s]('. $strpiece[2][0]. ')([\s]*)/x', $pmid, $xmatches);
$currentxpos = $xmatches[1];
$pmid = preg_replace_callback('/([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]([0-9\.\+\-]*)[\s]('. $strpiece[1][0]. ')[\s]('. $strpiece[2][0]. ')([\s]*)/x',
$newx1 = sprintf("%.3F",(floatval($matches[1]) + $spacew));
$newx2 = sprintf("%.3F",(floatval($matches[3]) + $spacew));
$newx3 = sprintf("%.3F",(floatval($matches[5]) + $spacew));
return "".$newx1." ".$matches[2]." ".$newx2." ".$matches[4]." ".$newx3." ".$matches[6]." x*#!#*x".$matches[7].$matches[8];'), $pmid, 1);
// shift the annotations and links
if (($pac['y'] >= $minstartliney) AND (($pac['x'] * $this->k) >= ($currentxpos - $this->feps)) AND (($pac['x'] * $this->k) <= ($currentxpos + $this->feps))) {
$this->PageAnnots[$this->page][$pak]['w'] += (($spacewidth * $pac['numspaces']) / $this->k);
// escape special characters
$pmidtemp = preg_replace('/[\\\][\(]/x', '\\#!#OP#!#', $pmidtemp);
$pmidtemp = preg_replace('/[\\\][\)]/x', '\\#!#CP#!#', $pmidtemp);
$matches[1] = str_replace("#!#OP#!#", "(", $matches[1]);
$matches[1] = str_replace("#!#CP#!#", ")", $matches[1]);
return "[(".str_replace(chr(0).chr(32), ") ".($spacew)." (", $matches[1]).")]";'), $pmidtemp);
$this->setPageBuffer($startlinepage, $pstart. "\n". $pmid. "\n". $pend);
$endlinepos = strlen($pstart. "\n". $pmid. "\n");
// non-unicode (single-byte characters)
$rs = sprintf("%.3F Tw", $spacewidth);
$this->setPageBuffer($startlinepage, $pstart. "\n". $pmid. "\nBT 0 Tw ET\n". $pend);
$endlinepos = strlen($pstart. "\n". $pmid. "\nBT 0 Tw ET\n");
if (($t_x != 0) OR ($yshift < 0)) {
$trx = sprintf('1 0 0 1 %.3F %.3F cm', ($t_x * $this->k), ($yshift * $this->k));
$this->setPageBuffer($startlinepage, $pstart. "\nq\n". $trx. "\n". $pmid. "\nQ\n". $pend);
$endlinepos = strlen($pstart. "\nq\n". $trx. "\n". $pmid. "\nQ\n");
// shift the annotations and links
$this->SetFont($fontname, $fontstyle, $fontsize);
$minstartliney = $this->y;
$startlinepage = $this->page;
if (isset ($endlinepos) AND (!$pbrk)) {
$startlinepos = $endlinepos;
if (isset ($opentagpos)) {
if ($dom[$key]['opening']) {
// get text indentation (if any)
if (isset ($dom[$key]['text-indent']) AND in_array($dom[$key]['value'], array('blockquote','dd','div','dt','h1','h2','h3','h4','h5','h6','li','ol','p','ul','table','tr','td'))) {
if ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'table') {
$wtmp = $this->w - $this->rMargin - $this->x;
if (isset ($dom[$key]['width'])) {
// table content is handled in a special way
if (($dom[$key]['value'] == 'td') OR ($dom[$key]['value'] == 'th')) {
$trid = $dom[$key]['parent'];
$table_el = $dom[$trid]['parent'];
if (!isset ($dom[$table_el]['cols'])) {
$dom[$table_el]['cols'] = $trid['cols'];
if (isset ($dom[($dom[$trid]['parent'])]['attribute']['cellpadding'])) {
$currentcmargin = $this->getHTMLUnitToUnits($dom[($dom[$trid]['parent'])]['attribute']['cellpadding'], 1, 'px');
if (isset ($dom[($dom[$trid]['parent'])]['attribute']['cellspacing'])) {
$cellspacing = $this->getHTMLUnitToUnits($dom[($dom[$trid]['parent'])]['attribute']['cellspacing'], 1, 'px');
$cellspacingx = - $cellspacing;
$cellspacingx = $cellspacing;
$colspan = $dom[$key]['attribute']['colspan'];
$wtmp = ($colspan * ($table_width / $dom[$table_el]['cols']));
if (isset ($dom[$key]['width'])) {
if (isset ($dom[$key]['height'])) {
if (isset ($dom[$key]['content'])) {
$cell_content = $dom[$key]['content'];
$cell_content = ' ';
$tagtype = $dom[$key]['value'];
while (($key < $maxel) AND (!(($dom[$key]['tag']) AND (!$dom[$key]['opening']) AND ($dom[$key]['value'] == $tagtype) AND ($dom[$key]['parent'] == $parentid)))) {
// move $key index forward
if (!isset ($dom[$trid]['startpage'])) {
$dom[$trid]['startpage'] = $this->page;
$this->setPage($dom[$trid]['startpage']);
if (!isset ($dom[$trid]['starty'])) {
$dom[$trid]['starty'] = $this->y;
$this->y = $dom[$trid]['starty'];
if (!isset ($dom[$trid]['startx'])) {
$dom[$trid]['startx'] = $this->x;
$this->x += ($cellspacingx / 2);
if (isset ($dom[$parentid]['attribute']['rowspan'])) {
$rowspan = intval($dom[$parentid]['attribute']['rowspan']);
// skip row-spanned cells started on the previous rows
if (isset ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'])) {
$rskmax = count($dom[$table_el]['rowspans']);
$trwsp = $dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$rsk];
$rsstartx = $trwsp['startx'];
$rsendx = $trwsp['endx'];
// account for margin changes
if ($trwsp['startpage'] < $this->page) {
if (($this->rtl) AND ($this->pagedim[$this->page]['orm'] != $this->pagedim[$trwsp['startpage']]['orm'])) {
} elseif ((!$this->rtl) AND ($this->pagedim[$this->page]['olm'] != $this->pagedim[$trwsp['startpage']]['olm'])) {
if (($trwsp['rowspan'] > 0)
AND ($rsstartx > ($this->x - $cellspacing - $currentcmargin - $this->feps))
AND ($rsstartx < ($this->x + $cellspacing + $currentcmargin + $this->feps))
AND (($trwsp['starty'] < ($this->y - $this->feps)) OR ($trwsp['startpage'] < $this->page))) {
// set the starting X position of the current cell
$this->x = $rsendx + $cellspacingx;
if (($trwsp['rowspan'] == 1)
AND (isset ($dom[$trid]['endy']))
AND (isset ($dom[$trid]['endpage']))
AND ($trwsp['endpage'] == $dom[$trid]['endpage'])) {
// set ending Y position for row
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$rsk]['endy'] = max($dom[$trid]['endy'], $trwsp['endy']);
$dom[$trid]['endy'] = $dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$rsk]['endy'];
// add rowspan information to table element
$trsid = array_push($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'], array('trid' => $trid, 'rowspan' => $rowspan, 'mrowspan' => $rowspan, 'colspan' => $colspan, 'startpage' => $this->page, 'startx' => $this->x, 'starty' => $this->y, 'intmrkpos' => $trintmrkpos));
$cellid = array_push($dom[$trid]['cellpos'], array('startx' => $this->x));
$dom[$trid]['cellpos'][($cellid - 1)]['rowspanid'] = ($trsid - 1);
// push background colors
if (isset ($dom[$parentid]['bgcolor']) AND ($dom[$parentid]['bgcolor'] !== false)) {
$dom[$trid]['cellpos'][($cellid - 1)]['bgcolor'] = $dom[$parentid]['bgcolor'];
$prevLastH = $this->lasth;
// ****** write the cell content ******
$this->MultiCell($cellw, $cellh, $cell_content, false, $lalign, false, 2, '', '', true, 0, true);
$this->lasth = $prevLastH;
$dom[$trid]['cellpos'][($cellid - 1)]['endx'] = $this->x;
// update the end of row position
if (isset ($dom[$trid]['endy'])) {
if ($this->page == $dom[$trid]['endpage']) {
$dom[$trid]['endy'] = max($this->y, $dom[$trid]['endy']);
} elseif ($this->page > $dom[$trid]['endpage']) {
$dom[$trid]['endy'] = $this->y;
$dom[$trid]['endy'] = $this->y;
if (isset ($dom[$trid]['endpage'])) {
$dom[$trid]['endpage'] = max($this->page, $dom[$trid]['endpage']);
$dom[$trid]['endpage'] = $this->page;
// account for row-spanned cells
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][($trsid - 1)]['endx'] = $this->x;
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][($trsid - 1)]['endy'] = $this->y;
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][($trsid - 1)]['endpage'] = $this->page;
if (isset ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'])) {
// update endy and endpage on rowspanned cells
foreach ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'] as $k => $trwsp) {
if ($trwsp['rowspan'] > 0) {
if (isset ($dom[$trid]['endpage'])) {
if ($trwsp['endpage'] == $dom[$trid]['endpage']) {
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endy'] = max($dom[$trid]['endy'], $trwsp['endy']);
} elseif ($trwsp['endpage'] < $dom[$trid]['endpage']) {
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endy'] = $dom[$trid]['endy'];
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endpage'] = $dom[$trid]['endpage'];
$dom[$trid]['endy'] = $this->pagedim[$dom[$trid]['endpage']]['hk'] - $this->pagedim[$dom[$trid]['endpage']]['bm'];
$this->x += ($cellspacingx / 2);
// opening tag (or self-closing tag)
if (!isset ($opentagpos)) {
} elseif (strlen($dom[$key]['value']) > 0) {
$this->SetFont($pfontname, $pfontstyle, $pfontsize);
$minstartliney = $this->y;
$this->SetFont($curfontname, $curfontstyle, $curfontsize);
if (is_numeric($pfontsize) AND ($pfontsize > 0) AND is_numeric($curfontsize) AND ($curfontsize > 0) AND ($pfontsize != $curfontsize)) {
$this->y += (($pfontsize - $curfontsize) / $this->k);
$minstartliney = min($this->y, $minstartliney);
$len1 = strlen($dom[$key]['value']);
$tmpstr .= substr($dom[$key]['value'], - $rsp);
$tmpstr .= trim($dom[$key]['value']);
$tmpstr .= substr($dom[$key]['value'], 0, $lsp);
$dom[$key]['value'] = $tmpstr;
$dom[$key]['value'] = rtrim($dom[$key]['value']);
$dom[$key]['value'] = ltrim($dom[$key]['value']);
if (!empty($this->HREF) AND (isset ($this->HREF['url']))) {
$strrest = $this->addHtmlLink($this->HREF['url'], $dom[$key]['value'], $wfill, true, $this->HREF['color'], $this->HREF['style']);
// ****** write only until the end of the line and get the rest ******
$strrest = $this->Write($this->lasth, $dom[$key]['value'], '', $wfill, '', false, 0, true, $firstblock);
// store the remaining string on the previous $key position
if ($strrest == $dom[$key]['value']) {
// used to avoid infinite loop
$dom[$key]['value'] = ltrim($strrest);
if (isset ($dom[$key]['tag']) AND $dom[$key]['tag'] AND (!isset ($dom[$key]['opening']) OR !$dom[$key]['opening']) AND isset ($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['attribute']['nobr']) AND ($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['attribute']['nobr'] == 'true')) {
// restore previous object
// restore previous values
foreach ($this_method_vars as $vkey => $vval) {
$undo = true; // avoid infinite loop
if (isset ($startlinex)) {
$yshift = $minstartliney - $startliney;
if (($yshift > 0) OR ($this->page > $startlinepage)) {
if ((isset ($plalign) AND ((($plalign == 'C') OR ($plalign == 'J') OR (($plalign == 'R') AND (!$this->rtl)) OR (($plalign == 'L') AND ($this->rtl))))) OR ($yshift < 0)) {
// the last line must be shifted to be aligned as requested
if (isset ($opentagpos) AND isset ($this->footerlen[$startlinepage]) AND (!$this->InFooter)) {
$midpos = min($opentagpos, $this->footerpos[$startlinepage]);
} elseif (isset ($opentagpos)) {
$pmid = substr($this->getPageBuffer($startlinepage), $startlinepos, ($midpos - $startlinepos));
// calculate shifting amount
if ($this->lMargin != $prevlMargin) {
$tw += ($prevlMargin - $this->lMargin);
if ($this->rMargin != $prevrMargin) {
$tw += ($prevrMargin - $this->rMargin);
$mdiff = abs($tw - $linew);
} elseif (($plalign == 'R') AND (!$this->rtl)) {
// right alignment on LTR document
} elseif (($plalign == 'L') AND ($this->rtl)) {
// left alignment on RTL document
if (($t_x != 0) OR ($yshift < 0)) {
$trx = sprintf('1 0 0 1 %.3F %.3F cm', ($t_x * $this->k), ($yshift * $this->k));
$this->setPageBuffer($startlinepage, $pstart. "\nq\n". $trx. "\n". $pmid. "\nQ\n". $pend);
$endlinepos = strlen($pstart. "\nq\n". $trx. "\n". $pmid. "\nQ\n");
// shift the annotations and links
if ($ln AND (!($cell AND ($dom[$key- 1]['value'] == 'table')))) {
// restore previous values
if ($this->page > $prevPage) {
// restore previous list state
* @param array $dom html dom array
* @param int $key current element id
* @param boolean $cell if true add the default cMargin space to each new line (default false).
$parent = $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])];
$firstorlast = ($key == 1);
// check for text direction attribute
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['dir'])) {
$this->tmprtl = $tag['attribute']['dir'] == 'rtl' ? 'R' : 'L';
$dom[$key]['rowspans'] = array();
$this->thead = $dom[$key]['thead'];
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['cellpadding'])) {
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['cellspacing'])) {
// array of columns positions
$dom[$key]['cellpos'] = array();
if ((isset ($tag['attribute']['width'])) AND ($tag['attribute']['width'] != '')) {
$this->Line($x, $y, $x + $hrWidth, $y);
$this->addHTMLVertSpace(1, $cell, '', !isset ($dom[($key + 1)]), $tag['value'], false);
$this->HREF['url'] = $tag['attribute']['href'];
preg_match_all('/([^;:\s]*):([^;]*)/', $tag['attribute']['style'], $style_array, PREG_PATTERN_ORDER);
while (list ($id, $name) = each($style_array[1])) {
$astyle[$name] = trim($style_array[2][$id]);
if (isset ($astyle['color'])) {
if (isset ($astyle['text-decoration'])) {
$this->HREF['style'] = '';
foreach ($decors as $dec) {
$this->HREF['style'] .= 'U';
} elseif ($dec{0} == 'l') {
$this->HREF['style'] .= 'D';
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['src'])) {
// replace relative path with real server path
if (($tag['attribute']['src'][0] == '/') AND ($_SERVER['DOCUMENT_ROOT'] != '/')) {
$tag['attribute']['src'] = $_SERVER['DOCUMENT_ROOT']. $tag['attribute']['src'];
$tag['attribute']['src'] = urldecode($tag['attribute']['src']);
if (!isset ($tag['attribute']['width'])) {
$tag['attribute']['width'] = 0;
if (!isset ($tag['attribute']['height'])) {
$tag['attribute']['height'] = 0;
//if (!isset($tag['attribute']['align'])) {
// the only alignment supported is "bottom"
// further development is required for other modes.
$tag['attribute']['align'] = 'bottom';
switch($tag['attribute']['align']) {
$fileinfo = pathinfo($tag['attribute']['src']);
if (isset ($fileinfo['extension']) AND (!$this->empty_string($fileinfo['extension']))) {
if (isset ($dom[($key - 1)]) AND ($dom[($key - 1)]['value'] == ' ')) {
$imglink = $this->HREF['url'];
if ($imglink{0} == '#') {
// convert url to internal link
$this->SetLink($imglink, 0, $page);
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['border']) AND !empty($tag['attribute']['border'])) {
// currently only support 1 (frame) or a combination of 'LTRB'
$border = $tag['attribute']['border'];
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['width'])) {
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['height'])) {
if (($type == 'eps') OR ($type == 'ai')) {
$this->ImageEps($tag['attribute']['src'], $xpos, $this->GetY(), $iw, $ih, $imglink, true, $align, '', $border);
$this->Image($tag['attribute']['src'], $xpos, $this->GetY(), $iw, $ih, '', $imglink, $align, false, 300, '', false, false, $border);
$this->y = (($this->img_rb_y + $prevy - ($tag['fontsize'] / $this->k)) / 2) ;
$this->y = $this->img_rb_y - ($tag['fontsize'] / $this->k);
if ($tag['value'] == 'ol') {
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['start'])) {
if (isset ($parent['attribute']['type']) AND !$this->empty_string($parent['attribute']['type'])) {
$this->lispacer = $parent['attribute']['type'];
} elseif (isset ($parent['listtype']) AND !$this->empty_string($parent['listtype'])) {
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['value'])) {
if (isset ($parent['attribute']['type']) AND !$this->empty_string($parent['attribute']['type'])) {
$this->lispacer = $parent['attribute']['type'];
} elseif (isset ($parent['listtype']) AND !$this->empty_string($parent['listtype'])) {
$this->addHTMLVertSpace(1, $cell, ($tag['fontsize'] * 1.5) / $this->k, $firstorlast, $tag['value'], false);
// Form fields (since 4.8.000 - 2009-09-07)
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['action'])) {
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['enctype'])) {
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['method'])) {
$this->form_mode = $tag['attribute']['method'];
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['name']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['name'])) {
$name = $tag['attribute']['name'];
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['value']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['value'])) {
$value = $tag['attribute']['value'];
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['maxlength']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['maxlength'])) {
$opt['maxlen'] = intval($tag['attribute']['value']);
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['size']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['size'])) {
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['checked']) AND (($tag['attribute']['checked'] == 'checked') OR ($tag['attribute']['checked'] == 'true'))) {
switch ($tag['attribute']['type']) {
$this->TextField($name, $w, $h, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
$prop['password'] = 'true';
$this->TextField($name, $w, $h, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
$this->CheckBox($name, $w, $checked, $prop, $opt, $value, '', '', false);
$this->RadioButton($name, $w, $prop, $opt, $value, $checked, '', '', false);
$prop = array('lineWidth'=> 1, 'borderStyle'=> 'beveled', 'fillColor'=> array(196, 196, 196), 'strokeColor'=> array(255, 255, 255));
$action['S'] = 'SubmitForm';
$action['Flags'] = array('ExportFormat');
$action['Flags'] = array('GetMethod');
$this->Button($name, $w, $h, $value, $action, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
$prop = array('lineWidth'=> 1, 'borderStyle'=> 'beveled', 'fillColor'=> array(196, 196, 196), 'strokeColor'=> array(255, 255, 255));
$this->Button($name, $w, $h, $value, array('S'=> 'ResetForm'), $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
$prop['fileSelect'] = 'true';
$this->TextField($name, $w, $h, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
$prop = array('lineWidth'=> 1, 'borderStyle'=> 'beveled', 'fillColor'=> array(196, 196, 196), 'strokeColor'=> array(255, 255, 255));
$jsaction = 'var f=this.getField(\''. $name. '\'); f.browseForFileToSubmit();';
$this->Button('FB_'. $name, $w, $h, $value, $jsaction, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
$opt['f'] = array('invisible', 'hidden');
$this->TextField($name, 0, 0, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
// THIS TYPE MUST BE FIXED
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['src']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['src'])) {
$img = $tag['attribute']['src'];
//$opt['mk'] = array('i'=>$img, 'tp'=>1, 'if'=>array('sw'=>'A', 's'=>'A', 'fb'=>false));
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['onclick']) AND !empty($tag['attribute']['onclick'])) {
$jsaction = $tag['attribute']['onclick'];
$this->Button($name, $w, $h, $value, $jsaction, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
$prop = array('lineWidth'=> 1, 'borderStyle'=> 'beveled', 'fillColor'=> array(196, 196, 196), 'strokeColor'=> array(255, 255, 255));
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['onclick']) AND !empty($tag['attribute']['onclick'])) {
$jsaction = $tag['attribute']['onclick'];
$this->Button($name, $w, $h, $value, $jsaction, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['name']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['name'])) {
$name = $tag['attribute']['name'];
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['value']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['value'])) {
$opt['v'] = $tag['attribute']['value'];
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['cols']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['cols'])) {
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['rows']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['rows'])) {
$prop['multiline'] = 'true';
$this->TextField($name, $w, $h, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['size']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['size'])) {
$h *= ($tag['attribute']['size'] + 1);
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['name']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['name'])) {
$name = $tag['attribute']['name'];
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['opt']) AND !$this->empty_string($tag['attribute']['opt'])) {
$options = explode ("\r", $tag['attribute']['opt']);
foreach ($options as $val) {
if (strpos($val, "\t") !== false) {
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['multiple']) AND ($tag['attribute']['multiple']= 'multiple')) {
$prop['multipleSelection'] = 'true';
$this->ListBox($name, $w, $h, $values, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
$this->ComboBox($name, $w, $h, $values, $prop, $opt, '', '', false);
// NOT HTML: used to call TCPDF methods
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['method'])) {
$tcpdf_method = $tag['attribute']['method'];
if (isset ($tag['attribute']['params']) AND (!empty($tag['attribute']['params']))) {
eval ('$params = array('. $this->unhtmlentities($tag['attribute']['params']). ');');
* @param array $dom html dom array
* @param int $key current element id
* @param boolean $cell if true add the default cMargin space to each new line (default false).
$parent = $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])];
$firstorlast = ((!isset ($dom[($key + 1)])) OR ((!isset ($dom[($key + 2)])) AND ($dom[($key + 1)]['value'] == 'marker')));
$table_el = $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['parent'];
if(!isset ($parent['endy'])) {
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endy'] = $this->y;
$parent['endy'] = $this->y;
if(!isset ($parent['endpage'])) {
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endpage'] = $this->page;
$parent['endpage'] = $this->page;
// update row-spanned cells
if (isset ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'])) {
foreach ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'] as $k => $trwsp) {
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['rowspan'] -= 1;
if ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['rowspan'] == 0) {
if ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endpage'] == $parent['endpage']) {
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endy'] = max($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endy'], $parent['endy']);
} elseif ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endpage'] > $parent['endpage']) {
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endy'] = $dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endy'];
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endpage'] = $dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endpage'];
// report new endy and endpage to the rowspanned cells
foreach ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'] as $k => $trwsp) {
if ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['rowspan'] == 0) {
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endpage'] = max($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endpage'], $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endpage']);
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endpage'] = $dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endpage'];
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endy'] = max($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endy'], $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endy']);
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endy'] = $dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endy'];
// update remaining rowspanned cells
foreach ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'] as $k => $trwsp) {
if ($dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['rowspan'] == 0) {
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endpage'] = $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endpage'];
$dom[$table_el]['rowspans'][$k]['endy'] = $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endy'];
$this->setPage($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endpage']);
$this->y = $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['endy'];
if (isset ($dom[$table_el]['attribute']['cellspacing'])) {
$cellspacing = $this->getHTMLUnitToUnits($dom[$table_el]['attribute']['cellspacing'], 1, 'px');
$this->y += $cellspacing;
$this->x = $parent['startx'];
// account for booklet mode
if ($this->page > $parent['startpage']) {
if (($this->rtl) AND ($this->pagedim[$this->page]['orm'] != $this->pagedim[$parent['startpage']]['orm'])) {
$this->x += ($this->pagedim[$this->page]['orm'] - $this->pagedim[$parent['startpage']]['orm']);
} elseif ((!$this->rtl) AND ($this->pagedim[$this->page]['olm'] != $this->pagedim[$parent['startpage']]['olm'])) {
$this->x += ($this->pagedim[$this->page]['olm'] - $this->pagedim[$parent['startpage']]['olm']);
// closing tag used for the thead part
if ((isset ($table_el['attribute']['border']) AND ($table_el['attribute']['border'] > 0))
OR (isset ($table_el['style']['border']) AND ($table_el['style']['border'] > 0))) {
// fix bottom line alignment of last line before page break
foreach ($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['trids'] as $j => $trkey) {
// update row-spanned cells
if (isset ($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['rowspans'])) {
foreach ($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['rowspans'] as $k => $trwsp) {
if ($trwsp['trid'] == $trkey) {
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['rowspans'][$k]['mrowspan'] -= 1;
if (isset ($prevtrkey) AND ($trwsp['trid'] == $prevtrkey) AND ($trwsp['mrowspan'] >= 0)) {
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['rowspans'][$k]['trid'] = $trkey;
if (isset ($prevtrkey) AND ($dom[$trkey]['startpage'] > $dom[$prevtrkey]['endpage'])) {
$pgendy = $this->pagedim[$dom[$prevtrkey]['endpage']]['hk'] - $this->pagedim[$dom[$prevtrkey]['endpage']]['bm'];
$dom[$prevtrkey]['endy'] = $pgendy;
// update row-spanned cells
if (isset ($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['rowspans'])) {
foreach ($dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['rowspans'] as $k => $trwsp) {
if (($trwsp['trid'] == $trkey) AND ($trwsp['mrowspan'] == 1) AND ($trwsp['endpage'] == $dom[$prevtrkey]['endpage'])) {
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['rowspans'][$k]['endy'] = $pgendy;
$dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])]['rowspans'][$k]['mrowspan'] = - 1;
$table_el = $dom[($dom[$key]['parent'])];
foreach ($table_el['trids'] as $j => $trkey) {
// for each cell on the row
foreach ($parent['cellpos'] as $k => $cellpos) {
if (isset ($cellpos['rowspanid']) AND ($cellpos['rowspanid'] >= 0)) {
$cellpos['startx'] = $table_el['rowspans'][($cellpos['rowspanid'])]['startx'];
$cellpos['endx'] = $table_el['rowspans'][($cellpos['rowspanid'])]['endx'];
$endy = $table_el['rowspans'][($cellpos['rowspanid'])]['endy'];
$startpage = $table_el['rowspans'][($cellpos['rowspanid'])]['startpage'];
$endpage = $table_el['rowspans'][($cellpos['rowspanid'])]['endpage'];
$startpage = $parent['startpage'];
$endpage = $parent['endpage'];
if ($endpage > $startpage) {
// design borders around HTML cells.
for ($page= $startpage; $page <= $endpage; ++ $page) {
if ($page == $startpage) {
$this->y = $parent['starty']; // put cursor at the beginning of row on the first page
} elseif ($page == $endpage) {
$this->y = $this->tMargin; // put cursor at the beginning of last page
$this->y = $this->tMargin; // put cursor at the beginning of the current page
if (isset ($cellpos['bgcolor']) AND ($cellpos['bgcolor']) !== false) {
$cw = abs($cellpos['endx'] - $cellpos['startx']);
$this->x = $cellpos['startx'];
// account for margin changes
if ($page > $startpage) {
if (($this->rtl) AND ($this->pagedim[$page]['orm'] != $this->pagedim[$startpage]['orm'])) {
$this->x -= ($this->pagedim[$page]['orm'] - $this->pagedim[$startpage]['orm']);
} elseif ((!$this->rtl) AND ($this->pagedim[$page]['lm'] != $this->pagedim[$startpage]['olm'])) {
$this->x += ($this->pagedim[$page]['olm'] - $this->pagedim[$startpage]['olm']);
// design a cell around the text
$ccode = $this->FillColor. "\n". $this->getCellCode($cw, $ch, '', $cborder, 1, '', $fill, '', 0, true);
if (isset ($cellpos['bgcolor']) AND ($cellpos['bgcolor']) !== false) {
$this->x = $cellpos['startx'];
$this->y = $parent['starty'];
$cw = abs($cellpos['endx'] - $cellpos['startx']);
$ch = $endy - $parent['starty'];
// design a cell around the text
$ccode = $this->FillColor. "\n". $this->getCellCode($cw, $ch, '', $border, 1, '', $fill, '', 0, true);
$pstart = substr($pagebuff, 0, $pagemark);
$pend = substr($pagebuff, $pagemark);
$pagemark += strlen($ccode. "\n");
if (isset ($table_el['attribute']['cellspacing'])) {
$this->y += $cellspacing;
$this->x = $parent['startx'];
if ($endpage > $startpage) {
if (($this->rtl) AND ($this->pagedim[$endpage]['orm'] != $this->pagedim[$startpage]['orm'])) {
$this->x += ($this->pagedim[$endpage]['orm'] - $this->pagedim[$startpage]['orm']);
} elseif ((!$this->rtl) AND ($this->pagedim[$endpage]['olm'] != $this->pagedim[$startpage]['olm'])) {
$this->x += ($this->pagedim[$endpage]['olm'] - $this->pagedim[$startpage]['olm']);
// we are not inside a thead section
if (isset ($parent['cellpadding'])) {
$this->SetXY($this->GetX(), $this->GetY() + ((0.7 * $parent['fontsize']) / $this->k));
$this->SetXY($this->GetX(), $this->GetY() - ((0.3 * $parent['fontsize'])/ $this->k));
$this->addHTMLVertSpace(1, $cell, ($parent['fontsize'] * 1.5) / $this->k, $firstorlast, $tag['value'], true);
// Form fields (since 4.8.000 - 2009-09-07)
* Add vertical spaces if needed.
* @param int $n number of spaces to add
* @param boolean $cell if true add the default cMargin space to each new line (default false).
* @param string $h The height of the break. By default, the value equals the height of the last printed cell.
* @param boolean $firstorlast if true do not print additional empty lines.
* @param string $tag HTML tag to which this space will be applied
* @param boolean $closing true if this space will be applied to a closing tag, false otherwise
protected function addHTMLVertSpace($n, $cell= false, $h= '', $firstorlast= false, $tag= '', $closing= false) {
$vsize = $n * $this->lasth;
* Set the default bullet to be used as LI bullet symbol
* @param string $symbol character or string to be used (legal values are: '' = automatic, '!' = auto bullet, '#' = auto numbering, 'disc', 'disc', 'circle', 'square', '1', 'decimal', 'decimal-leading-zero', 'i', 'lower-roman', 'I', 'upper-roman', 'a', 'lower-alpha', 'lower-latin', 'A', 'upper-alpha', 'upper-latin', 'lower-greek')
* @since 4.0.028 (2008-09-26)
case 'decimal-leading-zero':
* Set the booklet mode for double-sided pages.
* @param boolean $booklet true set the booklet mode on, fals eotherwise.
* @param float $inner Inner page margin.
* @param float $outer Outer page margin.
* @since 4.2.000 (2008-10-29)
public function SetBooklet($booklet= true, $inner=- 1, $outer=- 1) {
* Swap the left and right margins.
* @param boolean $reverse if true swap left and right margins.
* @since 4.2.000 (2008-10-29)
// swap left and right margins
* Set the vertical spaces for HTML tags.
* The array must have the following structure (example):
* $tagvs = array('h1' => array(0 => array('h' => '', 'n' => 2), 1 => array('h' => 1.3, 'n' => 1)));
* The first array level contains the tag names,
* the second level contains 0 for opening tags or 1 for closing tags,
* the third level contains the vertical space unit (h) and the number spaces to add (n).
* If the h parameter is not specified, default values are used.
* @param array $tagvs array of tags and relative vertical spaces.
* @since 4.2.001 (2008-10-30)
* Set custom width for list indentation.
* @param float $width width of the indentation. Use negative value to disable it.
* @since 4.2.007 (2008-11-12)
* Set the top/bottom cell sides to be open or closed when the cell cross the page.
* @param boolean $isopen if true keeps the top/bottom border open for the cell sides that cross the page.
* @since 4.2.010 (2008-11-14)
* Set the color and font style for HTML links.
* @param array $color RGB array of colors
* @param string $fontstyle additional font styles to add
* @since 4.4.003 (2008-12-09)
* convert html string containing value and unit of measure to user's units or points.
* @param string $htmlval string containing values and unit
* @param string $refsize reference value in points
* @param string $defaultunit default unit (can be one of the following: %, em, ex, px, in, mm, pc, pt).
* @param boolean $point if true returns points, otherwise returns value in user's units
* @return float value in user's unit or point if $points=true
* @since 4.4.004 (2008-12-10)
public function getHTMLUnitToUnits($htmlval, $refsize= 1, $defaultunit= 'px', $points= false) {
$supportedunits = array('%', 'em', 'ex', 'px', 'in', 'cm', 'mm', 'pc', 'pt');
if (in_array($defaultunit, $supportedunits)) {
} elseif (preg_match('/([0-9\.]+)/', $htmlval, $mnum)) {
if (preg_match('/([a-z%]+)/', $htmlval, $munit)) {
if (in_array($munit[1], $supportedunits)) {
$retval = (($value * $refsize) / 100);
$retval = ($value * $refsize);
$retval = $value * ($refsize / 2);
$retval = ($value * $this->dpi) / $k;
$retval = ($value / 2.54 * $this->dpi) / $k;
$retval = ($value / 25.4 * $this->dpi) / $k;
$retval = ($value * 12) / $k;
* Returns the Roman representation of an integer number
* @param int number to convert
* @return string roman representation of the specified number
* @since 4.4.004 (2008-12-10)
while ($number >= 1000) {
* Output an HTML list bullet or ordered item symbol
* @param int $listdepth list nesting level
* @param string $listtype type of list
* @param float $size current font size
* @since 4.4.004 (2008-12-10)
// set default list type for unordered list
$deftypes = array('disc', 'circle', 'square');
$listtype = $deftypes[($listdepth - 1) % 3];
} elseif ($listtype == '#') {
// set default list type for ordered list
$this->x = $this->w - $this->x - $lspace;
$this->Circle(($this->x + $r), ($this->y + ($this->lasth / 2)), $r, 0, 360, $fill, array('color'=> $color), $color, 8);
$this->x = $this->w - $this->x - $lspace;
$this->Rect($this->x, ($this->y + (($this->lasth - $l)/ 2)), $l, $l, 'F', array(), $color);
// $this->listcount[$this->listnum];
case 'decimal-leading-zero': {
// Types to be implemented (special handling)
case 'cjk-ideographic': {
$textitem = '.'. $textitem;
$textitem = $textitem. '.';
$this->Write($this->lasth, $textitem, '', false, '', false, 0, false);
* Returns current graphic variables as array.
* @return array graphic variables
* @since 4.2.010 (2008-11-14)
* @param $gvars array graphic variables
* @since 4.2.010 (2008-11-14)
$this->rMargin = $gvars['rMargin'];
$this->lMargin = $gvars['lMargin'];
$this->cMargin = $gvars['cMargin'];
$this->bgcolor = $gvars['bgcolor'];
$this->fgcolor = $gvars['fgcolor'];
//$this->lasth = $gvars['lasth'];
* Returns a temporary filename for caching object on filesystem.
* @param string $prefix prefix to add to filename
* return string filename.
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
* Writes data to a temporary file on filesystem.
* @param string $file file name
* @param mixed $data data to write on file
* @param boolean $append if true append data, false replace.
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
$f = @fopen($filename, $fmode);
$this->Error('Unable to write cache file: '. $filename);
// update file lenght (needed for transactions)
* Read data from a temporary file on filesystem.
* @param string $file file name
* @return mixed retrieved data
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
* Set buffer content (always append data).
* @param string $data data
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
* @return string buffer content
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
* Set page buffer content.
* @param int $page page number
* @param string $data page data
* @param boolean $append if true append data, false replace.
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
if (!isset ($this->pages[$page])) {
$this->pages[$page] .= $data;
$this->pages[$page] = $data;
if ($append AND isset ($this->pagelen[$page])) {
* Get page buffer content.
* @param int $page page number
* @return string page buffer content or false in case of error
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
} elseif (isset ($this->pages[$page])) {
return $this->pages[$page];
* Set image buffer content.
* @param string $image image key
* @param array $data image data
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
if (!isset ($this->images[$image])) {
$this->images[$image] = $data;
* Set image buffer content.
* @param string $image image key
* @param string $key image sub-key
* @param array $data image data
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
if (!isset ($this->images[$image])) {
$this->images[$image][$key] = $data;
* Get image buffer content.
* @param string $image image key
* @return string image buffer content or false in case of error
* @since 4.5.000 (2008-12-31)
} elseif (isset ($this->images[$image])) {
* Set font buffer content.
* @param string $font font key
* @param array $data font data
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
if (!isset ($this->fonts[$font])) {
$this->fonts[$font] = $data;
* Set font buffer content.
* @param string $font font key
* @param string $key font sub-key
* @param array $data font data
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
if (!isset ($this->fonts[$font])) {
$this->fonts[$font][$key] = $data;
* Get font buffer content.
* @param string $font font key
* @return string font buffer content or false in case of error
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
} elseif (isset ($this->fonts[$font])) {
return $this->fonts[$font];
* Move a page to a previous position.
* @param int $frompage number of the source page
* @param int $topage number of the destination page (must be less than $frompage)
* @return true in case of success, false in case of error.
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
public function movePage($frompage, $topage) {
if (($frompage > $this->numpages) OR ($frompage <= $topage)) {
if ($frompage == $this->page) {
// close the page before moving it
// move all page-related states
$tmppage = $this->pages[$frompage];
$tmppagedim = $this->pagedim[$frompage];
$tmppagelen = $this->pagelen[$frompage];
$tmpintmrk = $this->intmrk[$frompage];
for ($i = $frompage; $i > $topage; -- $i) {
$this->pages[$topage] = $tmppage;
$this->pagedim[$topage] = $tmppagedim;
$this->pagelen[$topage] = $tmppagelen;
$this->intmrk[$topage] = $tmpintmrk;
if (isset ($tmpfooterpos)) {
} elseif (isset ($this->footerpos[$topage])) {
if (isset ($tmpfooterlen)) {
} elseif (isset ($this->footerlen[$topage])) {
if (isset ($tmptransfmrk)) {
} elseif (isset ($this->transfmrk[$topage])) {
if (isset ($tmpnewpagegroup)) {
foreach ($tmpoutlines as $key => $outline) {
if (($outline['p'] >= $topage) AND ($outline['p'] < $frompage)) {
$this->outlines[$key]['p'] = $outline['p'] + 1;
} elseif ($outline['p'] == $frompage) {
$tmplinks = $this->links;
foreach ($tmplinks as $key => $link) {
if (($link[0] >= $topage) AND ($link[0] < $frompage)) {
$this->links[$key][0] = $link[0] + 1;
} elseif ($link[0] == $frompage) {
$this->links[$key][0] = $topage;
global $jfrompage, $jtopage;
$pagenum = intval($matches[3]) + 1;
if (($pagenum >= $jtopage) AND ($pagenum < $jfrompage)) {
$newpage = ($pagenum + 1);
} elseif ($pagenum == $jfrompage) {
return "this.addField(\'".$matches[1]."\',\'".$matches[2]."\',".$newpage."";'), $tmpjavascript);
* Remove the specified page.
* @param int $page page to remove
* @return true in case of success, false in case of error.
* @since 4.6.004 (2009-04-23)
unset ($this->pages[$page]);
// update remaining pages
for ($i = $page; $i < $this->numpages; ++ $i) {
foreach ($tmpoutlines as $key => $outline) {
if ($outline['p'] > $page) {
$this->outlines[$key]['p'] = $outline['p'] - 1;
} elseif ($outline['p'] == $page) {
$tmplinks = $this->links;
foreach ($tmplinks as $key => $link) {
$this->links[$key][0] = $link[0] - 1;
} elseif ($link[0] == $page) {
unset ($this->links[$key]);
$pagenum = intval($matches[3]) + 1;
if ($pagenum >= $jpage) {
$newpage = ($pagenum - 1);
} elseif ($pagenum == $jpage) {
return "this.addField(\'".$matches[1]."\',\'".$matches[2]."\',".$newpage."";'), $tmpjavascript);
* Output a Table of Content Index (TOC).
* You can override this method to achieve different styles.
* @param int $page page number where this TOC should be inserted (leave empty for current page).
* @param string $numbersfont set the font for page numbers (please use monospaced font for better alignment).
* @param string $filler string used to fill the space between text and page number.
* @since 4.5.000 (2009-01-02)
public function addTOC($page= '', $numbersfont= '', $filler= '.') {
$x_start = $this->GetX();
foreach ($this->outlines as $key => $outline) {
if ($outline['l'] == 0) {
$this->SetFont($fontfamily, $fontstyle. 'B', $fontsize);
$this->SetFont($fontfamily, $fontstyle, $fontsize - $outline['l']);
$indent = ($spacer * $outline['l']);
$this->SetLink($link, 0, $outline['p']);
$this->Write(0, $outline['t'], $link, 0, $aligntext, false, 0, false, false, 0);
$this->SetFont($numbersfont, $fontstyle, $fontsize);
$pagenum = $outline['p'];
// placemark to be replaced with the correct number
$pagenum = '{#'. ($outline['p']). '}';
$pagenum = '{'. $pagenum. '}';
$pagenum = $pagenum. $gap. $rowfill. ' ';
$pagenum = ' '. $rowfill. $gap. $pagenum;
$this->Cell($tw, 0, $pagenum, 0, 1, $alignnum, 0, $link, 0);
$numpages = $page_last - $page_first + 1;
for ($p = $page_first; $p <= $page_last; ++ $p) {
for ($n = 1; $n <= $this->numpages; ++ $n) {
$alias_au = $this->_escape('{'. $k. '}');
for ($i = 0; $i < $numpages; ++ $i) {
$this->SetFont($fontfamily, $fontstyle, $fontsize);
* Stores a copy of the current TCPDF object used for undo operation.
* @since 4.5.029 (2009-03-19)
// record current page number
* Delete the copy of the current TCPDF object used for undo operation.
* @since 4.5.029 (2009-03-19)
* This method allows to undo the latest transaction by returning the latest saved TCPDF object with startTransaction().
* @param boolean $self if true restores current class object to previous state without the need of reassignment via the returned value.
* @since 4.5.029 (2009-03-19)
// truncate files to previous values
$handle = fopen($file, 'r+');
foreach ($objvars as $key => $value) {
* Creates a copy of a class object
* @param object $object class object to be cloned
* @since 4.5.029 (2009-03-19)
* Determine whether a string is empty.
* @param srting $str string to be checked
* @return boolean true if string is empty
* @since 4.5.044 (2009-04-16)
//============================================================+
//============================================================+
|